50% found this document useful (2 votes)

876 views377 pages

Linked PDF

Uploaded by

roparts cluj

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

50% found this document useful (2 votes)

876 views377 pages

Linked PDF

Uploaded by

roparts cluj

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 377

SERVICE MANUAL

T7.175 / T7.190 / T7.210

T7.175 AutoCommand™ / T7.190 AutoCommand™
T7.210 AutoCommand™ / T7.225 AutoCommand™
Tier 4B (final)
Tractor

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS - 55
[55.640] Electronic modules - 55.9
Electronic Modules
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - HJ
Instrument control unit - H3 - HF
Armrest control unit (ARU) - H4 - HF
Universal controller - H1 - H7

Part number 47969484

1st edition English
January 2016
Printed in U.S.A.
© 2016 CNH Industrial Osterreich GmbH. All Rights Reserved.
New Holland is a trademark registered in the United States and many other countries,
owned by or licensed to CNH Industrial N.V., its subsidiaries or affiliates.
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - Clear stored

calibration information (EEPROM)
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

NOTE: This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
NOTE: EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is
no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: In order to change any configuration settings the H3 menu must be used. These settings will be unaffected
by performing an H8 operation.
NOTE: Use the HC menu if it is required to erase all stored error codes without erasing calibration information.

H8 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01412FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 285
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

NOTE: If the controller identifier "R1" screen is selected the settings for the entire module will be erased, if one of the
sub-system screens is selected, i.e. transmission in this example, only the transmission settings will be erased.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H8 on the R1
controller.
Select the sub-system to be erased by depressing the
"dimming" button.
The lower central display will show “EECL".

BAIL13TR01426AA 3

ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibration values and stored fault codes.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the resetting
of the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from “05” to
“01”, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEP-
ROM has been cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.

BVE0121A 4

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to allow the reset val-
ues to be stored.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 286
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H9 - Voltmeter

diagnostic
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

NOTE: This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current
circuits.
NOTE: If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.

H9 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01413FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 287
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H8 on the R1
controller.
Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming"
The lower central display will show “ch _"

BAIL13TR01427AA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the
table below.
The voltage values displayed in this table are repre-
sented in milli-Volts (e.g. 12000 = 12 V)
The current values displayed in this table are repre-
sented in milli-Amps (e.g. 200 = 200 mA)
Where a voltage of 12000 is quoted in the typical read-
ing column this refers to the nominal battery voltage.
The actual value will vary according to the condition of
the battery. Use channel 200 to obtain the actual bat-
tery voltage.

Channel Connector Pin number Description Typical reading

number
Ch 1 X-097 (CN4) 20 Clutch pedal sensor 75 - released
29 - depressed
Ch 2 X-093 (CN1B) 14 Transmission oil temperature 75 % at 40 °C
Ch 3 X-093 (CN1B) 11 PTO fuse sense 99
Ch 5 X-093 (CN1B) 16 + 5 V sensor supply 48
Ch 6 X-093 (CN1B) 25 + 8 V sensor supply 79
X-092 (CN1A) 01
Ch 7 X-093 (CN1A) 02 + 12 V F voltage source 45
X-093 (CN1A) 03
Ch 8 X-092 (CN1A) 08 + 12 V D voltage source 45 (with transmission
in forward or reverse)
Ch 9 X-092 (CN1A) 20 + 12 V H voltage source 45

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 288
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connector Pin number Description Typical reading

number
Ch 10 X-095 (CN3B) 25
+ 12 V T voltage source 45
X-095 (CN3B) 34
Ch 11 X-097 (CN4) 09 Seat switch 69 - operator in seat
36 - operator out of
seat
Ch 12 X-093 (CN1B) 34 Transmission output speed 8 or 50 (engine not
sensor running)
Ch 13 X-095 (CN3B) 22 Engine flywheel speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not
running)
Ch 29 X-094 (CN3A) 09 Creeper position potentiometer 26- off
54 - on
Ch 30 X-091 (CN2) 04 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) 0 - turned off
raise solenoid current 66 - turned on
Ch 31 X-091 (CN2) 05 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) 0 - turned off
lower solenoid current 66 - turned on
Ch 32 X-093 (CN1B) 02 Lift arm position potentiometer 6- lowered
79 - raised
Ch 33 X-093 (CN1B) 03 Position control potentiometer 10- lowered
88 - raised
Ch 34 X-093 (CN1B) 04 Drop rate potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 35 X-093 (CN1B) 05 Height limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 36 X-093 (CN1B) 06 Sensitivity potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 37 X-093 (CN1B) 07 Slip limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 38 X-093 (CN1B) 09 Right-hand draft load pin 46
Ch 39 X-093 (CN1B) 10 Left-hand draft load pin 46
Ch 40 X-093 (CN1B) 08 Draft load potentiometer 10 - anti-clockwise
88 - clockwise
Ch 41 X-094 (CN3A) 07 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) 30 - released
raise switch (bone) 68 - depressed
Ch 42 X-094 (CN3A) 26 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) 30 - released
lower switch (bone) 68 - depressed
Ch 43 X-091 (CN2) 08 Clutch A solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 44 X-091 (CN2) 01 Clutch B solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 45 X-091 (CN2) 06 Clutch C solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 46 X-094 (CN2) 03 Clutch D solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 47 X-095 (CN3B) 01 Clutch E solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 48 X-094 (CN3A) 06 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) 99 - depressed
raise / work fault switch (on EDC 0 - not depressed
mouse)
Ch 49 X-095 (CN3B) 18 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) 0 - when off
solenoid current 99 - when on
Ch 52 X-095 (CN3B) 02 Creeper solenoid current 0 - clutch off
99 - clutch on
Ch 58 X-095 (CN3B) 03 Low range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 59 X-091 (CN2) 07 Mid range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 289
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connector Pin number Description Typical reading

number
Ch 60 X-091 (CN2) 02 High range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 61 X-091 (CN2) 13 19th gear solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 62 X-095 (CN3B) 10 19th gear dump solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 66 X-095 (CN3B) 04 Reverse range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 76 X-093 (CN1B) 12 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 77 X-093 (CN1B) 13 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 81 X-094 (CN3A) 10 Transmission upshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 82 X-094 (CN3A) 11 Transmission downshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 90 X-094 (CN3A) 01 Hand throttle position 0 - at idle
100 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 91 X-093 (CN1B) 01 Foot throttle potentiometer 10 - at idle
85 - at maximum
RPM
Ch 96 X-091 (CN2) 20 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) 8 or 50 (engine not
speed sensor running)
Ch 97 Via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve 0 - at centre
(EHR) joystick (X) 100 - left / right
Ch 98 Via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve 0 - at centre
(EHR) joystick (Y) 100 - left / right
Ch 109 (CN4) 08 Transmission oil pressure sensor -
Ch 133 X-091 (CN2) 14 Power Take-Off (PTO) twist 8 or 50 (engine not
sensor running)
Ch 140 (CN4) 06 Autoguidance solenoid current -
Ch 143 Via CAN - Proportional joystick -

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 290
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HA - Demonstration

mode
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

NOTE: The HA diagnostic menu is used to allow specific performance features of the vehicle to be turned off. This
makes it possible for dealers to demonstrate the advantages of these features.
The features that can be demonstrated in this menu
are:
• Engine power boost

HA Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01448FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 291
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Engine power boost demonstration mode

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Start the engine and allow it to idle.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HA and the
engine symbol on the R1 controller.

BAIL13TR01428AA 3

The lower central display will show "ch _".

BAIL06CCM446AVA 4

Using the “h" and “m" buttons select channel 1.

The lower central display will show "Pbd" (power boost
demo).

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 292
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Power boost will work as normal but now you can use
the decrease CRPM switch (2) to turn off the power
boost and the increase (1) to turn it on.
NOTE: The power boost will only come on if the correct
parameters are set under normal operation.

BAIL06CCM484AVB 5

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to return to normal

operation.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 293
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HB - Display stored

fault codes
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

NOTE: This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.

NOTE: A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.

NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HB Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01415FA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 294
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HB on the
R1 controller.
Select the required sub-system by depressing the "dim-
ming" button.
The lower central display will show "– – – –” no fault
codes are stored.

BAIL13TR01430AA 3

The lower central display will show "F", if any fault codes
are stored.

BVF1088A 4

The display will then automatically cycle through as the

example:
3001 Fault code
107 Hour of first occurrence
107 Hour of last occurrence
1 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL11CCM120AVA 5

Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end
of the list.

BAIL06CCM487AVA 6

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 295
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating

through the “HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 296
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HC - Clear all stored

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

This menu can be used to:
• Clear all fault codes stored in all sub-systems in the
universal controller
• Clear all fault codes stored in a specific sub-system
in the universal controller

HC Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01416FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 297
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

NOTE: Always make a note of the stored fault codes before clearing.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HC on the R1
controller.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.
The lower central display will show "F CL".

BAIL13TR01431AA 3

Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing

of the memory.
The display will countdown from “05” to “01”, then “EE"
will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have been
cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.

BVE0121A 4

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating

through the “HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 298
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HE - Display

frequency inputs Without Sidewinder
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

NOTE: This menu is used to check the operation of the R1 control module’s frequency inputs.
NOTE: All vehicle sub-systems are operable during this procedure.

HE Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01417FA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HE on the R1
controller.
Select the HE menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.
The lower central display will show "ch _".

BAIL13TR01432AA 3

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 299
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the reading for the chosen channel will be
shown, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel and its corresponding typical reading).

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 300
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HF - View controller

hardware information
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HF Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01418FA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 301
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HF on the R1
controller.
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL13TR01433AA 3

The display will automatically cycle through as the ex-

ample:
0638 Hardware identification
0400 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.

BAIL13TR01434AA 4

NOTE: The last two sets of 4 digits displayed represent the 8 digit module serial number. This number should corre-
spond to the serial number shown on the module’s label. Note that the serial number shown on the display will include
leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 30010376.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 302
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HJ - Electronic

hydraulic remote control valve number programming
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

HJ Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01419FA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 303
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

With all the rear remote valves connected to the har-

ness, turn the ignition key switch ON.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HJ on the R1
controller.
Select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
The lower central display will show "EEhr".

BAIL13TR01435AA 3

Depress and hold the "m" button, the lower central

display will count down from “5” to “1”, and finally
show "CEhr", indicating the valve numbers have been
cleared.

BAIL11CCM134AVA 4

Turn the ignition key switch OFF.

Disconnect the harness from all the valves apart from
number 1.
Turn the ignition key switch ON and navigate to the HJ
menu again.
The lower central display will momentarily show "Ehr_"
followed by "Ehr1", an audible bleep will indicate that
the valve has been recognized and renumbered.

BAIL10CVT328AVA 5

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 304
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will flash "Ehr2" indicating the

controller is ready for the next valve to be connected.

BAIL10CVT329AVA 6

Reconnect each valve in the correct order. As each

valve is reconnected an audible bleep will signify that
the valve is recognized and the display will change to
show the next valve number to be reconnected until all
the valves have been connected.

NOTE: Make sure that the audible beep has been heard or the display has changed to indicate that the next valve is
ready to be reconnected.
If less than the maximum number of valves are fitted,
the renumbering sequence can be exited by depressing
and holding the "m" button until "End" is shown.
If the maximum number of valves are fitted the proce-
dure will end automatically once the last valve has been
renumbered and "End" will be shown.

BAIL10CVT331AVA 7

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the new valve
numbers.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Valve renumbering 'U' error codes

Code Description Possible failure
U161 Incorrect sequence detected when 1) The renumbering procedure for rear valves has not been
renumbering the midmount valves completed correctly. Pay particular attention to ensure that the
last step in the renumbering procedure has been completed.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 305
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations

and options
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

HY - Enhanced ADIC, HX - Basic ADIC

This menu displays the configurations available for:

Engine shutdown
Error code reduction (ECR)
Steering sensor selection
Air brake selection
2nd fuel tank selection
SWCD selection

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH295FVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 306
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Engine Shutdown Options

Select the engine shutdown sub-system by pressing the
“dimming" button.

BAIL11APH244AVA 2

NOTE: The default setting is NO.

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Refer to the common rail fuel injection engine shutdown
options table below.

Options CONDITIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE

FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
(All conditions must be met)
Operating Condition Operator Operator Vehicle Vehicle
Present Not Station- Moving
Present ary
No engine
NO The engine will not shut down - - - -
shutdown
Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
Always
Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
YES1 shutdown
engine Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *
Engine oil pressure - Low * *
Stationary Engine coolant temperature - High * *
YES2 engine
shutdown Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *

Error Code Reduction (ECR) Options

Select the ECR sub-system by pressing the “dimming"
button.

BAIL11APH245AVA 3

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 307
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"

button.
"Factory" (F) - factory error mode, displays all error
codes for a period of 6 minutes then reverts to error
code reduction (ECR).
"ECR" (E) - error code reduction mode, only displays
critical errors.
"Live" (L) - live error code mode, displays all error
codes.

BAIL06CCM417AVA 4

Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the se-
lection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the se-
lection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

Steering Sensor Selection Options

Select the steering sensor sub-system by depressing
the “dimming" button.

BAIL11APH246AVA 5

NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the se-
lection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the se-
lection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

BAIL11APH247AVA 6

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 308
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Air Brake Options

Select the air brake sub-system by depressing the “dim-
ming" button.

BAIL11APH248AVA 7

NOTE: The default setting is “No" without air brakes.

BAIL11APH249AVA 8

2nd Fuel Tank Selection

Select the 2nd fuel tank sub-system by depressing the
“dimming" button.

BAIL11APH250AVA 9

NOTE: The default setting is “No" without 2nd fuel tank.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 309
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"

button.
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the se-
lection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the se-
lection.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

BAIL11APH251AVA 10

SWCD Selection
Select the SWCD sub-system by depressing the “dim-
ming" button.

BAIL11APH296AVA 11

NOTE: The default setting is “No" without SWCD.

BAIL11APH297AVA 12

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 310
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software

revision level
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

HY - Enhanced ADIC, HX - Basic ADIC

This menu displays the software release of the unit.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

H4 - VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL

BAIL11APH232FVA 1

Select the H4 menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.

BAIL11APH233AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 311
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will automatically cycle

through the software release as the example shown
below, and will then return to allow navigation of the
“HH" menus.

BAIL09CVT573AVA 3

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 312
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation

test
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

HY - Enhanced ADIC, HX - Basic ADIC

This menu displays a designated code when a switch
transition is detected.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

H5 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH234FVA 1

Select the H5 menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.

BAIL11APH235AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 313
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will show “d _ _".

BVE0047A 3

When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and

an audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct
function.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone
not heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the re-
lated wiring while watching the display or listening for
the audible tone, to help locate the fault.

BAIL06CCM423AVA 4

NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the “crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
down, a switch disagreement error may occur.

Controller
Identifier Pin Number Switch / Input
Connector
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time
d11 X-009 (CN3) 7 Park brake switch
d66 X-009 (CN3) 18 Main high beam switch
d67 X-005 (CN1) 15 Side lights
d68 X-009 (CN3) 17 Brakes not latched (Japan ONLY)
d70 X-005 (CN1) 5 Left turn signal indicator
d71 X-005 (CN1) 6 Right turn signal indicator
d74 X-009 (CN3) 9 Exhaust brake switch

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 314
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H8 - Clear stored

HY - Enhanced ADIC, HX - Basic ADIC

This menu clears calibration values and stored error
codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error
codes are stored. This memory is retained even if
there is no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is
disconnected. There are two options available. "Clear
net config" and "clear settings".
"Clear net config" is used to erase the stored network
configuration, this will clear the current configuration
stored in the instrument cluster and rebuild the config-
uration at the next key ON. This should be used if the
cluster has been changed or if the HH menus are show-
ing modules which are not fitted to the machine.
"Clear settings" will return all instrument cluster settings
back to their default setting.

NOTE: To change any configuration settings H3 menu mode must be used. H8 will not affect these settings.
NOTE: To remove all stored error codes without erasing the calibration values use the HC menu.
NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 315
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

H8 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH253FVA 1

The "CLEAR SETTINGS" option will clear all of the

following information stored in the instrument cluster's
non-volatile memory, and set the parameters to their
default values (indicated in brackets).

Parameter Default Value

Implement width 0
Slippage warning threshold 0 — no warning
Maintenance 0 — no warning
Wheel calibration — Rolling Circumference 5497
Keys audible feedback on
Fault codes erased
Fault code management factory mode
Area worked —
Odometer 1/2
Dimming 5
Contrast 7
SWCD on-line yes

Turn the key switch on without starting the vehicle.

Select the H8 menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 316
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Select "Clear Settings" by depressing the “m" button.

BAIL11APH254AVA 2

The lower central display will show “EECL"

BVE0682A 3

ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the resetting
of the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01,
then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has
been cleared.

BVE0121A 4

It is not possible to continuing through the "H" menus

after an H8 procedure. The only possible action is to
turn the ignition key switch off to allow the reset values
to be stored.

NOTE: The 'Clear Network Config' procedure is carried out in the same way as 'Clear Settings'

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 317
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter

HY - Enhanced ADIC, HX - Basic ADIC

This menu is used to verify the operation of various po-
tentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current cir-
cuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wig-
gle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to
help locate the area where the fault exists.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.

H9 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH236FVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 318
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Select the H9 menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.

BAIL11APH237AVA 2

The lower central display will display “ch _ _".

BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the
table below.

NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that
shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either
the component or the wiring harness relevant to that
channel.

BAIL09CVT580AVA 4

NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.

Channel Description Typical Reading Notes

4 Programming voltage Vpp 12 V See explanations below
5 +5 Volt sensor supply 5V
10 +12 Volt VT input 12.0 (voltage in Volts) See explanations below
21 Steering angle sensor 23.0 full right lock
128.0 full left lock

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 319
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Description Typical Reading Notes

24 Air brake pressure 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
5.4 bar
25 Fuel level sensor 30 - 270 30 = Full
270 = Empty
51 Vane pump 23.5
108 Air brake pressure (new 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
sensor) 5.4 bar

Explanations:
Vpp Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
retain the volatile memory.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the con-
troller.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 320
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored

HY - Enhanced ADIC, HX - Basic ADIC

This menu is used to display fault codes which are
stored in the EEPROM of the controller.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

HB Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH238FVA 1

Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.

BAIL11APH239AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 321
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault

code is stored.

BAIL09HHP230AVA 3

If and error code is present the lower central display will

flash with an “F".

BVF1088A 4

The lower central display will then automatically cycle

through as the example:
14100 Fault code
01 Hour of first occurrence
00 Hour of last occurrence
87 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL06CCM432AVA 5

Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end
of the list.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 322
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored

HY - Enhanced ADIC, HX - Basic ADIC

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

HC Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH240FVA 1

NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL11APH241AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 323
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will display “F CL".

BVE0684A 3

NOTE: If the “m" key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing
of the memory.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01,
then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes
have been cleared.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

BVE0121A 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 324
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller

HY - Enhanced ADIC, HX - Basic ADIC

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware
version and serial number to be displayed.

NOTE: The illustrations in this procedure depict the HX module however the instructions remain the same for the HY
module.

HF Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL11APH285FVA 1

Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.

BAIL11APH286AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 325
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will then automatically cycle

through as the example:
0638 Hardware identification
0400 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
And return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.

BAIL11CCM131AVA 3

NOTE: The last three sets of 4 digits displayed represent the 12 digit module serial number. This number should
correspond to the serial number shown on the module’s label. Note that the serial number shown on the display will
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 8020001.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 326
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software

revision level Enhanced Keypad (JA)
T7.175 NA
T7.190 NA
T7.210 NA

JA - Enhanced Keypad

NOTE: Common to all sub systems

H4 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL06CCM525FVB 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 327
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H4 on the JA
controller.
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL06CCM526AVB 3

The lower central display will automatically cycle

through the software release, as the example shown
and return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
The first set of 4 digits displayed indicates the Software
Identifier, this number uniquely defines the application
software present in the module. The second and third
set of 4 digits displayed define the release version of
the application software. In the example shown, these
digits indicate that the application software in the mod-
ule is version 00.00.98.18.

BAIL09CVT715AVA 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 328
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller

hardware information Enhanced Keypad (JA)
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 NA

JA - Enhanced Keypad

NOTE: This menu makes possible hardware identification; the hardware version and serial number are displayed.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HF Menu screen selection diagram

BAIL06CCM546FVB 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 329
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HF on the JA
controller.
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL06CCM547AVB 3

The lower central display will automatically cycle

through as the example:
560 Hardware identification
0400 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
2000 Serial number
4752 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.

BAIL13TR01355AA 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 330
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software

revision level
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

HU - Enhanced ADIC

This menu displays the software release of the unit.

H4 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT221AVA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 331
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H4 on the HU
controller.
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL10CVT222AVA 3

The lower central display will automatically cycle

BAIL13TR01333AA 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 332
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation

test
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

HU - Enhanced ADIC

This menu displays a designated code when a switch

transition is detected.

H5 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT223AVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 333
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H5 on the HU
controller.
Select the H5 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL10CVT224AVA 3

The lower central display will show “d _ _".

BVE0047A 4

When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and

BAIL06CCM423AVA 5

NOTE: If the ignition key switch is turned to the “crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
down, a switch disagreement error may occur.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 334
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Control unit plug

Channel Pin number Description
connection
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time
d11 CN3 7 Park brake switch
d66 CN3 18 Main high beam switch
d67 CN1 15 Side lights
d68 CN3 17 Brakes not latched (Japan ONLY)
d70 CN1 5 Left turn signal indicator
d71 CN1 6 Right turn signal indicator
d72 CN3 1 Implement hitch status
d73 CN3 11 Door switch
d74 CN3 9 Exhaust brake switch
d134 CN2 11 Trailed implement status
CN3 24

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 335
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations

and options
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

HU - Enhanced ADIC
This menu displays the configurations available for:
• Engine shutdown
• Error code management
• Steering sensor selection
• Air brake selection
• 2nd fuel tank selection

H3 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR00529FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 336
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 on the HU
controller.
Select the H3 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the in-
strument cluster to navigate the sub systems.

Engine shutdown options

Select the engine shutdown sub-system by pressing the
“dimming" button.

BAIL10CVT212AVA 3

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"

button.
Refer to the engine shutdown options table below.

BAIL12APH162AVB 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 337
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Options Conditions required for engine Conditions which override engine

shutdown shutdown options (All conditions must
be met)
Operating condition Operator Operator Vehicle Vehicle
present not station- moving
present ary
No engine
no The engine will not shut down - - - -
shutdown
Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
Always engine Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
YES1
shutdown Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *
Engine oil pressure - Low * *
Stationary Engine coolant temperature - High * *
YES2 engine
shutdown Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *

Error Code Reduction (ECR) options

Select the ECR sub-system by pressing the “dimming"
button.

BAIL10CVT214AVA 5

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"

button.
"ECR" (E) - ECR mode, only displays critical errors.
"Live" (L) - Live error code mode, displays all error
codes.
"Factory" (F) - Factory error mode, displays all error
codes for a period of 6 minutes then reverts to ECR.

BAIL13TR00530AB 6

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 338
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Steering sensor selection options

Select the steering sensor sub-system by depressing
the “dimming" button.

BAIL10CVT215AVA 7

Use the “dimming" button. to toggle between the avail-

able options:
"YES" - steering sensor present
"no" - steering sensor not present

NOTE: The default setting is “no" without steering sensor.

BAIL10CVT216AVA 8

Air brake selection options

Select the air brake sub-system by depressing the “dim-
ming" button.

BAIL10CVT217AVA 9

Use the “dimming" button. to toggle between the avail-

able options:
"YES" - air brakes present
"no" - air brakes not present

NOTE: The default setting is “no" without air brakes.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 339
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

BAIL10CVT218AVA 10

2nd Fuel tank selection options

Select the 2nd fuel tank sub-system by depressing the
“dimming" button.

BAIL10CVT572AVA 11

Use the “dimming" button. to toggle between the avail-

able options:
"YES" - 2nd fuel tank is fitted
"no" - 2nd fuel tank is not fitted

NOTE: The default setting is “no" without 2nd fuel tank.

BAIL13TR00531AA 12

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 340
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H8 - Clear stored

calibration information (EEPROM)
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

HU - Enhanced ADIC

This menu clears calibration values and stored error

codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error
codes are stored. This memory is retained even if
there is no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is
disconnected. There are two options available. "Clear
net config" and "clear settings".
"Clear net config" is used to erase the stored network
configuration, this will clear the current configuration
stored in the instrument cluster and rebuild the config-
uration at the next key ON. This should be used if the
cluster has been changed or if the HH menus are show-
ing modules which are not fitted to the machine.
"Clear settings" will return all instrument cluster settings
back to their default setting.

NOTE: To change any configuration settings H3 menu mode must be used. H8 will not affect these settings. Refer
to Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations and options (55.640).
NOTE: To remove all stored error codes without erasing the calibration values use the HC menu. Refer to Electronic
module Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes (55.640).
The "Clear settings" option will clear all of the follow-
ing information stored in the instrument cluster's non-
volatile memory, and set the parameters to their default
values (indicated in brackets).
• Implement width (0)
• Slippage warning threshold (0 – no warning)
• Maintenance (0 – no warning)
• Wheel calibration – Rolling Circumference (5497)
• Keys audible feedback (on)
• Fault codes (erased)
• Fault code management (factory mode)
• Area worked
• Odometer 1 / 2
• Dimming (5)
• Contrast (7)
• SWCD on-line (Yes)

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 341
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

H8 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT225FVA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H8 on the HU
controller.
Select the H8 menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 342
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Select "Clear Settings" by depressing the “m" button.

BAIL10CVT228AVA 3

The lower central display will show “EECL"

BVE0682A 4

BAIL13TR00533AA 5

It is not possible to continuing through the "H" menus

after an H8 procedure. The only possible action is to
turn the ignition key switch off to allow the reset values
to be stored.

NOTE: The 'Clear Network Config' procedure is carried out in the same way as 'Clear Settings'

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 343
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter

diagnostic
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

HU - Enhanced ADIC

This menu is used to verify the operation of various po-

tentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current cir-
cuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wig-
gle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to
help locate the area where the fault exists.

NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.

H9 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT229AVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 344
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H9 on the HU
controller.
Select the H9 menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL10CVT230AVA 3

The lower central display will display “c 04".

BAIL13TR01344AA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the
table below.

NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 345
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that

shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either
the component or the wiring harness relevant to that
channel.

BAIL13TR00535AA 5

NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.

Channel Connector Pin number Description Typical reading Notes

4 - - Programming voltage 12 V See explanations below
Vpp
5 CN1 19 +5 Volt sensor supply 5V
10 CN1 24 +12 Volt VT input 12 V See explanations below
21 CN3 22 Steering angle sensor 23.0 Full right lock
128.0 Full left lock
24 CN3 15 Air brake pressure 9.0 bar Low pressure warning
at 5.4 bar
25 CN3 14 Fuel level sensor 30 – 270 30 = Full
270 = Empty
51 CN3 21 Vane pump pressure 23.5
108 CN3 15 Air brake pressure (new 9.0 bar Low pressure warning
sensor) at 5.4 bar

Explanations:
Vpp Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
retain the volatile memory.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the con-
troller.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 346
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored

fault codes
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

HU - Enhanced ADIC

This menu is used to display fault codes which are

stored in the EEPROM of the controller.

HB Menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT231AVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 347
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HB on the
HU controller.
Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL10CVT232AVA 3

The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault

code is stored.

BAIL09HHP230AVA 4

If an error code is present the lower central display will

flash with an “F".

BVF1088A 5

The lower central display will then automatically cycle

through as the example:

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 348
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

14909 Fault code

2 Hour of first occurrence
2 Hour of last occurrence
1 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL13TR00536AA 6

Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will return to the start of the
list.
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating
through the “HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 349
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored

HU - Enhanced ADIC
This menu can be used to:
• Clear all fault codes stored in all sub-systems in the
instrument cluster
• Clear all fault codes stored in a specific sub-system
in the instrument cluster

HC Menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT233AVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 350
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HC on the
HU controller.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL10CVT234AVA 3

The lower central display will display “F CL".

BVE0684A 4

BVE0121A 5

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 351
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating

through the “HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 352
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - HE - Display frequency

inputs
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

HU - Enhanced ADIC

This menu is used to verify the operation of various fre-

quency inputs.

NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.

HE Menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT237AVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 353
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HE on the
HU controller.
Select the HE menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL10CVT238AVA 3

The lower central display will show "c 01".

BAIL13TR01342AA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.

BAIL13TR01346AA 5

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating

through the “HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 354
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connec- Pin Description Typical reading

tor number
1 CN1 1 H_Rec_status from EPL 0 - 4000 Hz.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 355
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller

hardware information
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

HU - Enhanced ADIC

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware

version and serial number to be displayed.

HF Menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT239AVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 356
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HF on the HU
controller.
Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL10CVT240AVA 3

The lower central display will then automatically cycle

through as the example:
0712 Hardware identification
0400 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
1303 Serial number
0605 Serial number
And return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.

BAIL13TR01340AA 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 357
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - H4 - View software

LC - Armrest Control Unit (ARU)

NOTE: Common to all sub systems

H4 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL09CVT713AVA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 358
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H4 on the LC
controller.
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL09CVT714AVA 3

The lower central display will automatically cycle

BAIL13TR00562AA 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 359
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - H5 - Switch

operation test
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

LC - Armrest Control Unit (ARU)

NOTE: This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
NOTE: Common to all sub systems.

H5 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL09CVT716AVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 360
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H5 on the LC
controller.
Select the H5 menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL09CVT717AVA 3

The lower central display will show “d _ _"

BVE0047A_569 4

When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and

BAIL06CCM746AVA 5

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 361
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Switch / Input

d5 Multi Function Handle (MFH) - Rear hitch work switch
d6 MFH - Rear hitch raise switch
d17 MFH - Downshift switch
d18 MFH - Upshift switch
d19 MFH - 2nd function switch
d92 Front hitch height limit enable switch
d95 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 1 program / motor mode switch
d96 EHR 2 program / motor mode switch
d97 EHR 3 program / motor mode switch
d98 EHR 4 program / motor mode switch
d104 MFH - Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) step switch
d105 MFH - Auto mode switch
d136 MFH - Reverse switch
d137 MFH - Forward switch
d153 Joystick 1 - switch 1
d154 Joystick 1 - switch 2
d155 Joystick 1 - switch 3
d159 EHR flow control encoder switch
d165 EHR float control switch
d177 MFH - Autoguidance engage on/off switch
d178 MFH EHR 1 extend switch
d179 MFH EHR 1 retract switch
d180 MFH EHR 2 extend switch
d181 MFH EHR 2 retract switch

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 362
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - H9 - Voltmeter

LC - Armrest Control Unit (ARU)

H9 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL09CVT718AVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 363
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H9 on the LC
controller.
Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL09HHP261AVA 3

The lower central display will show “ch 27"

BAIL13TR01349AA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the
table below.

BAIL13TR00564AA 5

NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 364
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that

shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either
the component or the wiring harness relevant to that
channel.

Channel Description Typical reading

27 Front hitch - height limit control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
33 Rear hitch - position control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
34 Rear hitch - drop rate control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
35 Rear hitch - height limit control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
36 Rear hitch - sensitivity control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
37 Rear hitch - slip control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
40 Rear hitch - draft control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
89 Hand throttle number 2 position 0.0 fully back
100.0 fully forward
90 Hand throttle number 1 position 0.0 fully back
100.0 fully forward
97 Joystick 1 - X position 0.0 at centre
100.0 left/right
98 Joystick 1 - Y position 0.0 at centre
100.0 up/down
101 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) number 1 lever position 97.0 raise, 55.0 neutral
12.0 lower, 1.0 float
102 EHR number 2 lever position 97.0 raise, 55.0 neutral
12.0 lower, 1.0 float
103 EHR number 3 lever position 97.0 raise, 55.0 neutral
12.0 lower, 1.0 float
104 EHR number 4 lever position 97.0 raise, 55.0 neutral
12.0 lower, 1.0 float
143 Joystick 1 - proportional rocker 50 centre
0 pressed down,
100 pressed up
145 5 V reference 92.7
149 EHR flow encoder 0.0 to 6.1 as control is rotated
150 Multi-Function Handle (MFH) encoder 0.0 to 1.3 as control is rotated
152 12 V ignition 72.0

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 365
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - HB - Display stored

LC - Armrest Control Unit (ARU)

NOTE: This menu is used to display the fault codes, which are stored in the EEPROM of the electronic control unit.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HB Menu screen select diagram

BAIL09CVT723AVB 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 366
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HB on the LC
controller.
Select the HB menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL09CVT721AVA 3

The lower central display will show "_ _ _ _", if no fault

is stored in the selected sub-system.

BAIL09CVT760AVA 4

The lower central display will show "F", if a fault code is

stored in the selected sub-system.

BAIL10CVT253AVA 5

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 367
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will automatically cycle

through as the example:
1001Fault code
05 Hour of first occurrence
49 Hour of last occurrence
54 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL09CVT722AVA 6

Press the "h" or "m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
As soon as the end of the list is reached, “0” will flash
in the lower central display.

BAIL13TR01351AA 7

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 368
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - HC - Clear all stored

LC - Armrest Control Unit (ARU)

NOTE: Always write the stored fault codes down before clearing.

HC Menu screen select diagram

BAIL09CVT723AVA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 369
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HC on the
LC controller. Select the HC menu by depressing the
"dimming" button.

BAIL09CVT724AVA 3

The lower central display will show "F CL".

BAIL09CVT725AVA 4

Depress and hold the "m" button to confirm the clearing

of the memory.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01,
then "EE" will be shown to indicate the fault codes have
been cleared.

BAIL09CVT726AVA 5

NOTE: If the "m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted and the upper section
of the display will show "F CL".
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
through the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 370
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - HF - View controller

LC - Armrest Control Unit (ARU)

NOTE: This menu makes possible hardware identification; the hardware version and serial number are displayed.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HF Menu screen selection diagram

BAIL09CVT727AVA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 371
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HF on the LC
controller.
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL09CVT728AVA 3

The lower central display will automatically cycle

through as the example:
0697 Hardware identification
0256 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
1302 Serial number
0237 Serial number
After that the "HH" menu can be used again.

BAIL13TR01353AA 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 372
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures

T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission

The Universal controller (U1) is used to calibrate the

following components:
• Full Powershift (FPS) transmission
• Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO)
• Steering sensor
• Front suspension
• Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valves (EHR’s)
• Front hitch

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 373
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

H1 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01176FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 374
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Full Powershift (FPS) transmission calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required when either a new control module has been fitted or if the previous calibration has
been erased using the `H8` procedure.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: If the tractor is equipped with an Electronic Park Lock (EPL), this will release during the procedure.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchronizer calibration the transmission oil temperature must be between
60 - 105 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C.

NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning (if equipped) is switched off and all electrical hydraulic applications are
deselected.
NOTE: If a four-digit number starting with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
There are two methods of entering the calibration
mode:
• Quick entry via the Multi-Function Handle (MFH).
• Entry via the HH menu.

Quick entry
Press and hold both the upshift and downshift buttons
while starting the engine.

BAIL09CCM077AVA 2

Go to calibration method

HH Menu entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 3

Start the engine.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 375
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
transmission symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT014AVC 4

Go to calibration method

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 376
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Calibration method
The system being calibrated will be shown on the clus-
ter and the oil temperature in Celsius will be shown on
the lower central display.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 5

Pressing the upshift and downshift buttons will change

the display to show the transmission oil temperature. If
"U19" is displayed the oil will need to be warmed before
calibration can proceed. If the start up procedure was
incorrect this will also cause a "U" code to be displayed
and prevent the calibration from proceeding.

BAIL09CCM077AVA 6

If "CL" is displayed this indicates that the oil tempera-

ture is between 10 - 60 °C, if "CH" is displayed this in-
dicates that the oil temperature is above 105 °C. After
a few seconds the display will return to oil temperature
and the tractor may be operated to obtain the correct
transmission oil temperature. If necessary it is possi-
ble to proceed with calibration at this point by pressing
either the upshift and downshift buttons while "CL" or
"CH" is being displayed. The display will then show "dt"
and calibration can proceed.
NOTE: If an unlikely value of oil temperature is displayed
eg: -30 °C or 125 °C, this may indicate a fault with the tem-
perature sender. BAIL11APH224AVA 7

There are two methods of calibrating the FPS transmis-

sion. Each item can be calibrated manually or the entire
sequence can be automated.

Manual transmission calibration

Repeatedly depressing the upshift button will cycle
through each clutch. This enables a particular sensor
or clutch to be calibrated several times if required or
the calibration of a particular sensor or clutch to be
omitted.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 377
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

When the display is showing ‘dt’ press and hold the

downshift button to calibrate the flywheel twist sensor.
When the flywheel twist sensor has been calibrated,
the display will alternate between ‘dt’ and the calibra-
tion value.

BAIL09CVT773AVA 8

Release the downshift button. The display will change

to show ‘Pt’ for Power Take-Off (PTO) twist calibration.
Press and hold the downshift button to calibrate the
PTO twist sensor. When the PTO twist sensor has been
calibrated, the display will alternate between ‘Pt’ and
the calibration value.

BAIL09CVT774AVA 9

Release the downshift button. The display will change

to show ‘A’ indicating that clutch A is ready for calibra-
tion. Press and hold the downshift button. During the
calibration process, the changing calibration value will
be shown on the display. When clutch A has been cal-
ibrated, the display will alternate between ‘A’ and the
calibration value.

BAIL13TR01310AA 10

Release the downshift button. The display will change

to show ‘b’ indicating that clutch B is ready for calibra-
tion.

BAIL10CVT167AVB 11

Repeat the previous two steps for clutches B, C, D, E

and F1 (L), F2 (M), F3 (H), F4 (19th gear, 50 kph trans-
mission only) and R.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 378
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After clutch R has been calibrated, release the down-

shift button and the display will change to ‘A’
Turn the ignition key switch OFF for at least 2 seconds
to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
See the "U" code listing in the table below.
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.

Automated transmission calibration

When the display shows ‘dt’ press the "m" button on
the instrument cluster or the ”Auto” mode button (if fit-
ted) for two seconds to start the automatic calibration
sequence.

BAIL09CVT773AVA 12

The flywheel twist sensor, PTO twist sensor and trans-

mission clutches will be calibrated one by one automat-
ically.
When the procedure is completed and all the clutches
have been calibrated. ‘End’ will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 13

If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the sequence

is stopped and the relevant code displayed. Press the
auto function button or the upshift or downshift button
to clear the error.
Turn the ignition key switch OFF for at least 2 seconds
to store the calibration values.
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 379
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Creeper calibration
The creeper is calibrated by engaging and then disen-
gaging the creeper using the creeper switch.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Full Power Shift (FPS) transmission calibration 'U' error codes

Code Description Possible failure
U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch 1) Engine lugged down too soon. Possible PWM valve faulty or
calibration a mechanical fault within the transmission
U17 Seat switch not activated 1) Operator not in seat
2) Open circuit for the seat switch input to the transmission
module
3) Faulty seat switch
4) Switched 12 V supply fuse blown
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the seat switch
is connected. See Electronic module Universal controller - H5
- Switch operation test (55.640)
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to module
2) Faulty temperature sensor
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the tem-
perature sensor input is OK. See Electronic module Universal
controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic (55.640)
U20 Handbrake is not set 1) Open circuit for the handbrake feed into the transmission
module
2) Faulty handbrake switch
3) Switched 12 V supply fuse blown
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the handbrake
is connected. See Electronic module Universal controller - H5
- Switch operation test (55.640)
U21 ERPM is below 1100, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
2) Open circuit for the engine speed sensor going to the cluster -
Mech engines only
3) Instrument cluster is not powered
4) Broken CAN
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the en-
gine speed is being detected. See Electronic module Universal
controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic (55.640)
U22 ERPM is above 1300, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to 1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle lever
forward 2) Open circuit between the shuttle lever and the transmission
module
3) Switched 12 V supply fuse blown
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the switch is
connected. See Electronic module Universal controller - H5 -
Switch operation test (55.640)
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch 1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
pedal 2) The clutch potentiometer / linkage is sticking or broken
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U31 Wheel speed sensed 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
NOTE: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle forward slightly and
repeat calibration

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 380
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Code Description Possible failure

U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value 1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault
2) ECU high side driver power supply failure - check fuses on
ECU 12 V supplies
U51 Engine speed error 1) Engine speed must be between 850 - 950 RPM
2) CAN bus error
U55 PTO started 1) The PTO was started during the PTO twist sensor calibration,
ensure the PTO is turned off
U58 PTO sensor open circuit Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U59 PTO sensor short circuit to ground Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U68 Creeper not engaged 1).
U69 Creeper stuck 1)
U75 Quick fill calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem (on clutch solenoid)
2) Clutch solenoid damaged
3) Clutch mechanical problem
U76 Quick fill calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem (on clutch solenoid)
2) Clutch solenoid damaged
3) Clutch mechanical problem
U77 Damper calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U78 Damper calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U79 PTO twist sensor not plausible 1) Sensor damaged or incorrectly installed

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 381
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) position sensor calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required, prior to calibration of the EDC valve. If fault code 1024 is displayed the position
sensor calibration has not been carried out.
NOTE: This procedure must be carried out if the previous calibration has been erased using the “H8” procedure.
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
Remove any load from the rear hitch.
Disconnect the Automatic Pick Up Hitch (APUH) lift
rods, if fitted.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 14

Make sure that the correct EDC ram size has been set
(otherwise fault code 1070 will be displayed), for further
information see Electronic module Universal con-
troller - H3 - Configurations and options (55.640).
Make sure the height limit control is in the fully clockwise
position. Fault code 1068 will be displayed if the control
is not fully clockwise.

BAIL09CCM067AVA 15

The calibration sequence:

A. Start the engine while holding down the fast raise
switch on the MFH.
B. Continue holding the fast raise switch for between
three and ten seconds.
NOTE: If the fast raise switch is released before
three seconds or after ten seconds the calibration
will be aborted.
C. The EDC status lamp on the Instrument Control
Panel (ICP) will flash to indicate that there is an
EDC fault present.
D. Fully raise then lower the hitch using the position BAIL13TR00821AA 16

control lever on the armrest.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 382
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the calibration

value.
Connect the APUH rods if fitted.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 17

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 383
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) valve calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required when either new EDC valves or EDC control module are fitted or if the previous
calibration has been erased using the 'H8' procedure.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
Disconnect all implements from the rear hitch.
Lower the linkage using the position control lever and
connect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the lift
arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450 -
3400 lbs) are recommended.
Turn the ignition key switch OFF.
Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.

BAIL09CCM071AVA 18

There are two methods of entering the calibration

mode:
• Quick entry via the MFH.
• Entry via the HH menu.

Quick entry
Press and hold the EDC fast lower switch on the MFH
whilst starting the engine.

BAIL09CCM072AVA 19

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 384
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The system being calibrated will be shown on the clus-

ter and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.

BAIL10CVT092AVB 20

Go to calibration method

HH Menu entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 21

Start the engine.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
EDC symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL10CVT092AVB 22

Go to calibration method

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 385
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Calibration method
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM, with no no-
ticeable hunting or surging.
Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to
start the calibration sequence.
NOTE: The lower central display will change from "CAL" to
"0" to indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the
linkage is automatically raised and lowered a small amount
3 times, within 2-3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from '0' to '2'.

BAIL09CCM079AVA 23

When the lower central display shows "End" the cali-

bration is complete.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 24

Lower the linkage using the position control lever.

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the calibration
values.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

EDC calibration 'U' error codes

Code Description Possible Failure
NOTE: There are no 'U' error codes defined for the electronic draft control calibration procedure. However the fol-
lowing error codes may be displayed during the procedure.
1068 Height limit control not fully clockwise 1) The height limit control is not turned fully clockwise
2) The height limit control is faulty
1070 EDC hydraulic ram size not configured Ram size not configured on a new controller or following H8
procedure
NOTE: Use EDC H3, channel 1 to configure. See Electronic
module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and op-
tions (55.640)

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 386
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Two speed Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO)

Make sure that the correct option for the ESPTO is se-
lected in channel four of the H3 for further information
see Electronic module Universal controller - H3 -
Configurations and options (55.640).

ATTENTION: Disconnect any implements from the tractor as the Power Take-Off (PTO) will operate during the cali-
bration procedure.
Turn the ESPTO speed selection switch fully clockwise.

BAIL11CVT650AVA 25

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
PTO symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
The lower central display will show "P11".
While "P11" is being displayed the fully extended posi-
tion of the ESPTO is being calibrated, when complete
the calibration value will be displayed.

BAIL11CVT644AVA 26

The lower central display will then show "P12".

While "P12" is being displayed the fully retracted posi-
tion of the ESPTO is being calibrated, when complete
the calibration value will be displayed.

BAIL11CVT647AVA 27

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 387
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will then show "P13".

While "P13" is being displayed the neutral position of
the ESPTO is being calibrated, when complete the cal-
ibration value will be displayed.

BAIL11CVT648AVA 28

The lower central display will then show "P2", indicat-

ing that the second part of the calibration procedure has
started, where the optional PTO speed value is deter-
mined.

BAIL11CVT649AVA 29

The engine speed will automatically be set to

1200 RPM.
Start the PTO using the cab switch (1) which is lo-
cated on the RH armrest console and engagement is
achieved by lifting the collar (3) whilst pressing on the
top. A warning light (2) will illuminate when the PTO is
engaged.

BRL6111C 30

The lower central display will then show "P22", while

the PTO ratio is being determined.

BAIL11CVT651AVA 31

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 388
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

When the ratio has been calculated the optional speed

value is displayed for five seconds followed by "End".
The engine speed will return to idle, and the PTO will
be stopped automatically.

BAIL11CVT653AVA 32

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the calibration

values.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Two speed Power Take-Off (PTO) calibration 'U' error codes

Code Description Possible failure
U112 PTO speed select cable stalled while 1) Cable not connected correctly in neutral position
extending 2) Cable jammed
3) Sensor not connected
U113 PTO speed select cable stalled while 1) Cable not connected correctly in neutral position
retracting 2) Cable jammed
3) Sensor not connected
U124 PTO speed select switch not in 1) Speed select switch is in the wrong position – selector switch
optional speed position set to 1000 or N position instead of optional speed position
2) Selector switch wiring incorrect
3) Speed selector switch faulty
U125 Speed sensor error 1) No signal from PTO speed sensor
2) No engine speed signal
3) PTO not started
U126 No movement from position sensor 1) -

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 389
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Four speed Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO)

Make sure that the correct option for the ESPTO is se-
lected in channel four of the H3 for further information
see Electronic module Universal controller - H3 -
Configurations and options (55.640).

ATTENTION: Disconnect any implements from the tractor as the Power Take-Off (PTO) will operate during the cali-
bration procedure.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
PTO symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
The lower central display will show "P11".
While "P11" is being displayed the fully extended posi-
tion of the ESPTO is being calibrated, when complete
the calibration value will be displayed.

BAIL11CVT644AVA 33

The lower central display will then show "P12".

While "P12" is being displayed the fully retracted posi-
tion of the ESPTO is being calibrated, when complete
the calibration value will be displayed.

BAIL11CVT647AVA 34

The lower central display will then show "P13".

While "P13" is being displayed the actuator is extended,
and using the current input from the motor, the actua-
tor positions for the detents corresponding to the N1,
1000E, N2, 540E, N3 and 540 speed settings are be-
ing determined, when complete the six position values
are displayed in turn.

BAIL11APH230AVA 35

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 390
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will then show "P14".

While "P14" is being displayed the actuator is retracted,
and using the current input from the motor, the actua-
tor positions for the detents corresponding to the N3,
540E, N2, 1000E, N1 and 1000 speed settings are be-
ing determined, when complete the six position values
are displayed in turn.

BAIL11APH231AVA 36

The PTO will then be shifted to the speed indicated by

the current position of the speed selector switch.

BAIL11CVT650AVA 37

When complete the lower central display will show

"End".

BAIL06CCM613AVA 38

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the calibration

values.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Four speed Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO) calibration 'U' error codes
Code Description Possible Failure
U112 PTO speed select cable stalled while 1) Cable not connected correctly in neutral position
extending 2) Cable jammed
3) Sensor not connected
U113 PTO speed select cable stalled while 1) Cable not connected correctly in neutral position
retracting 2) Cable jammed
3) Sensor not connected
U124 PTO speed select switch not in 1) Speed select switch is in the wrong position – selector switch
optional speed position set to 1000 or N position instead of optional speed position
2) Selector switch wiring incorrect
3) Speed selector switch faulty

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 391
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Code Description Possible Failure

U125 Speed sensor error 1) No signal from PTO speed sensor
2) No engine speed signal
3) PTO not started
U126 No movement from position sensor 1) -
U162 PTO shift position sensor - short circuit 1) -
to 0 V
U163 PTO shift position sensor - short circuit 1) -
to 5 V
U164 PTO shift actuator moving in wrong 1) -
direction
U165 End switch actuated during retract 1) -
operation
U166 End switch actuated during extend 1) -
operation

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 392
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Steering sensor calibration

NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the rear wheels. Check that the ground speed display is
zero before commencing.
NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with IntelliSteer™ make sure that the steering angle sensor is connected to the main en-
gine wiring harness rather than the AutoGuidance wiring harness during the calibration procedure. When calibration
is complete the steering angle sensor should be reconnected to the AutoGuidance harness.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 39

Start the engine.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
differential lock symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL10CVT273AVA 40

Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 seconds.

BAIL10CVT274AVA 41

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 393
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will display "ScP" followed by

the current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display shows "-1" then the steering sensor
option needs to be enabled using the H3 menu before the
steering sensor can be calibrated.
If the display shows "-2", this indicates an error with the
steering angle sensor input to the cluster. Review the as-
sociated instrument cluster error codes to determine the
cause, for further information see Electronic module -
Fault code index (55.640).

BAIL09CCM061AVA 42

Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in

line with the drive line.
Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 seconds
to confirm the steering angle position.

BAIL10CVT274AVA 43

The lower central display will show the calibrated steer-

ing sensor value and then "End" to indicate the calibra-
tion procedure has been completed.

BAIL09CCM062AVA 44

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the calibration

values.

NOTE: There are no 'U' codes available for this calibration procedure.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 394
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front suspension calibration

NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Disconnect all implements
and set the shuttle lever to neutral. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Dependent on the failure, the Automatic Calibration Procedure (ACP) may have to be repeated two or three
times to vent all the air out of the hydraulics.
NOTE: On a new module or following a H8, clear module settings procedure, the front suspension is defaulted to 'Not
enabled'. The suspension needs to be enabled in the H3 menu mode otherwise the suspension will not calibrate.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 45

Start the engine.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT275AVA 46

Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM.

Press and hold the suspension lockout switch for two
seconds. The lower central display will show "ACP"
indicating the automatic calibration procedure has
been activated, the indicator lamp on the switch will
also flash.

BAIL09HHP270AVA 47

The ACP will activate the load levelling valve for 10 sec-
onds, at the same time the axle height position will be
displayed by a three figure number on the instrument
cluster (0-999).

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 395
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The ACP will activate the raise valve and the unload
levelling valve until the front axle reaches the maximum
height for a period of 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this maximum height will
then be stored.

NOTE: When the axle reaches the maximum position the hydraulic pump will reach the high pressure standby pres-
sure.
The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve until the
front axle reaches the minimum height for a period of 4
seconds.
The potentiometer value at this minimum height will
then be stored.

BAIL08CVT315 48

The ACP will activate the raise and unload levelling

valves until the front axle reaches the nominal position.
The lower central display will show "End" when the ACP
has finished.
All components of the suspension system are now cal-
ibrated.
Set engine to low idle and turn the ignition key switch
OFF to store the calibration values.

NOTE: If the calibration procedure needs to be stopped, press the suspension switch once.
NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Front suspension calibration 'U' error codes

Code Description Possible Failure
U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit - 1) Check the wiring harness
ACP will not work 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If less than 240 then replace the potentiometer
U02 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Check the potentiometer installation
higher than set limit 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If greater than 4840 then check the potentiometer
3) Check the wiring harness to the potentiometer, check that it is
receiving power, it is grounded and that he signal power is not
shorted to power
U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit - 1) Check the wiring harness
ACP will not work 2) Check if signal ground on potentiometer is open circuit
3) Change the potentiometer
U04 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Change the potentiometer
lower than set limit
U05 Suspension is not reaching its 1) Check the range of the potentiometer, calibration will not work
minimum / maximum position during if the range of the potentiometer is less than 150
ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 396
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Code Description Possible Failure

U07 Suspension is stationary during the 1) Check the raise solenoid harness
raise command in the ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage
4) Check the pressure of the accumulators
5) Check the hydraulic pressure
6) Disconnect implement
U08 Suspension unable to reach maximum 1) Check the raise valve installation
height within 20 seconds 2) Check the unload solenoid installation
3) Check the suspension mechanics
4) Check the hydraulic pressure
5) Disconnect implement
U09 Suspension is stationary during 1) Check the unload solenoid harness
the lowering command in the ACP 2) Check the suspension mechanics
procedure 3) Check the potentiometer linkage
4) Check the hydraulic pressure
5) Disconnect implement
U10 Suspension unable to reach minimum 1) Check unload solenoid installation
height within 25 seconds 2) Check the hydraulic pressure
3) Disconnect implement
U11 Unable to calibrate suspension 1) The lockout switch was pressed more than 3 times to initiate
calibration
2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the hydraulic pressure
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Rear axle speed sensor faulty
U13 Valve 30 (upper lockout) Solenoid 1) Check the wiring harness
open circuit
U14 Valve 31 (lower lockout) Solenoid 1) Check the wiring harness
open circuit
U15 Valve 30 (upper lockout) and Valve 31 1) Check the wiring harness
(lower lockout) Solenoid connectors
swapped
U16 Valve 30 (upper lockout) and Valve 31 1) Check the wiring harness
(lower lockout) current sense inputs
swapped
U17 Front suspension pressure switch 1) Check the wiring harness
open circuit
U18 Front suspension pressure switch 1) Check the wiring harness
short circuit 2) Check the pressure switch
U19 Insufficient potentiometer range for 1) Incorrect adjustment of front axle position potentiometer
optional suspension performance linkage

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 397
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Electro Hydraulic Remove valve (EHR) calibration

BAIL07APH189AVA 49

Start the engine.

Disconnect all implements from the rear remotes.
Make sure that all EHR program switches are switched
OFF.
Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 on the U1
controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL10CVT277AVA 50

Press and hold the program switch (1), for lever number
1 for at least 2 seconds until the display changes.

BAIL09CCM073AVA 51

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 398
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The calibration will proceed, the program lamp for EHR

1 will be illuminated and the lower central display will
show "1".
When the neutral position has been acquired and
stored, the program lamp is turned off and the lower
central display will show "2".

BAIL06CCM628AVA 52

While "2" is displayed, move the lever to the raise posi-

tion, the program light will illuminate.
When movement is detected the program lamp for EHR
1 is turned off. After the raise position is established
the lower central display will change to "3", the program
light will switch off.

BAIL09CCM074AVA 53

While "3" is displayed, move the lever to the full flow

lower position, the program light will illuminate.
When a stable value for the full flow lower position of
the lever is seen it is recorded with the minimum flow
rate value, the lower central display will change to "4",
the program light will switch off.

BAIL09CCM075AVA 54

While "4" is displayed move the lever to the float posi-

tion, the program light will illuminate.
When a stable value for the float position of the lever is
seen and recorded the lower central display will change
to "CAL" to indicate the calibration procedure is com-
plete.

BAIL09CCM076AVA 55

To calibrate the remaining EHR levers (2 to 4), repeat

the previous 5 steps for each lever.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 399
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the calibration

values.
NOTE: If a lever is not calibrated the program lamp is
switched on regardless of the program switch state.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Rear EHR valve calibration 'U' error codes

Code Description Possible Failure
U61 Lever number 1 not in neutral –
U62 Lever number 2 not in neutral –
U63 Lever number 3 not in neutral –
U64 Lever number 4 not in neutral –

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 400
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front hitch calibration

NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Check that the ground speed
display is zero before commencing. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor is stationary.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 56

Start the engine.

Turn the height set control to the OFF position.
Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
front hitch symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL13TR01177AA 57

Turn the height set control to the ON position and then

back to the OFF position.
The display will change to "FHc" for 2 seconds and the
current potentiometer position will show on the lower
central display.

BAIL10CVT133AVA 58

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 401
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Lower the front hitch to it's lowest position.

When the end stop is reached, turn the height set con-
trol to the ON (1) position and then back to the OFF (2)
position.

BAIL09CCM070AVA 59

The bottom value position is recorded and displayed in

the lower central display for 2 seconds.
Raise the front hitch to it's highest position.
When the end stop is reached, turn the height set con-
trol to the ON (1) position and then back to the OFF (2)
position.

BAIL09CCM070AVA 60

The top value position is recorded and displayed in the

lower central display for 2 seconds.
The display will then show "End" to indicate that the
calibration process has been completed successfully.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 61

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the calibration

values.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Front hitch calibration 'U' error codes

Code Description Possible failure
U110 Position potentiometer value too low Hitch was not raised before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not raised from ON to OFF position
U111 Position potentiometer value too high Hitch was not lowered before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not lowered from ON to OFF position

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 402
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration

values
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

The Universal controller (U1) is used to view stored

calibration values for the following components:
• Full Powershift (FPS) transmission
• Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO)
• Steering sensor
• Front suspension
• Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valves (EHR’s)
• Front hitch

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 403
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

H2 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01178FA 1

Full Powershift (FPS) transmission calibration values

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 404
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
transmission symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT014AVB 3

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the clutch
letter, calibration value and calibration transmission
temperature value will be displayed (refer to the table
below for a description of each channel).
In this example clutch A calibration value is 230 mA at
temperature 65 °C.

BAIL13TR01186AA 5

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 405
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel number Calibration parameter

Ch 1 A clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 2 B clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 3 C clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 4 D clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 5 E clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 6 F1 / Low clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 7 F2 / Mid clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 8 F3 / High clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 9 F4 / 19th clutch calibration current and temperature (19 speed transmission
only)
R clutch calibration current and temperature (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 10 R clutch calibration current and temperature (19 speed transmission only)
Flywheel damper calibration value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 11 Flywheel damper calibration value (19 speed transmission only)
Power Take-Off (PTO) twist calibration value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 12 Power Take-Off (PTO) twist calibration value (19 speed transmission only)
Radar adjustment value (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 13 Radar adjustment value (19 speed transmission only)

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 406
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) valve calibration values

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 6

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
EDC symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT016AVB 7

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 8

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After the displaying the channel number, the stored cal-
ibration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the
table below for a description of each channel).

Channel number Description Display Value range

Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R 20 to 80
value
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L 20 to 80
value

NOTE: The default calibration values, set during the H8 procedure, are 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 407
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO) calibration values

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 9

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
Power Take-Off (PTO) symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL11CVT656AVA 10

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 11

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After the displaying the channel number, the stored cal-
ibration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the
tables below for a description of each channel).

All Power Take-Off (PTO) variants

Channel number Calibration parameter Typical values
Ch 1 Rear PTO Temperature dependent
Ch 2 Rear PTO solenoid calibration value 100 to 420
Ch 3 Rear PTO clutch quick fill value 3 to 25

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 408
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Two speed Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO) variant

Channel number Calibration parameter Typical values
Ch 4 Two speed ESPTO extend position 3420 to 4390
Ch 5 Two speed ESPTO retract position 490 to 1460
Ch 6 Two speed ESPTO neutral position 2200 to 2930
Ch 7 Two speed ESPTO optional speed setting 1000, 540E, 540,1000E

Four speed Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO) variant

Channel number Calibration parameter Typical values
Ch 4 Four speed 1000 retract position 540 to 1460
Ch 5 Four speed ESPTO - N1 extend position 630 to 1710
Ch 6 Four speed ESPTO - N1 retract position 780 to 1860
Ch 7 Four speed ESPTO - 1000E extend position 1020 to 2200
Ch 8 Four speed ESPTO - 1000E retract position 1170 to 2340
Ch 9 Four speed ESPTO - N2 extend position 1510 to 2690
Ch 10 Four speed ESPTO - N2 retract position 1660 to 2830
Ch 11 Four speed ESPTO - 540E extend position 2000 to 3170
Ch 12 Four speed ESPTO - 540E retract position 2150 to 3320
Ch 13 Four speed ESPTO - N3 extend position 2490 to 3710
Ch 14 Four speed ESPTO - N3 retract position 2640 to 3860
Ch 15 Four speed ESPTO - 540 extend position 2980 to 4050

NOTE: The values displayed in channels 2 and 3 are the results of an automatic calibration that is initiated when the
PTO is started.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 409
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Steering sensor calibration values

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 12

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
difflock symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT015AVB 13

The lower central display will show "ch _".

BAIL06CCM446AVA 14

After a delay the stored calibration will be displayed, (re-

fer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel number Calibration parameter Typical values

Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 7000 to 10000

NOTE: Following the H8 procedure, the calibration value for the steering sensor will be set to its default value of
12287.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 410
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front suspension calibration values

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 15

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT059AVB 16

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 17

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibra-
tion value for that channel is shown, (refer to the table
below for a description of each channel).

Channel number Calibration parameter Typical values

Ch 1 Front axle upper limit 2500 to 4740
Ch 2 Front axle lower limit 730 to 2500

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 411
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Electro Hydraulic Remove valve (EHR) calibration values

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 18

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
rear EHR symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT057AVB 19

The lower central display will show "ch 1"

BAIL09CVT634AVA 20

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibra-
tion value for each lever position is displayed, (refer to
the table below for a description of each channel).

BAIL13TR01187AA 21

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 412
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 413
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front hitch calibration values

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 22

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
rear front hitch symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL13TR01188AA 23

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 24

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibra-
tion value for that channel is displayed, (refer to the ta-
ble below for a description of each channel).

Channel number Calibration parameter Typical values

Ch 1 Front hitch upper limit 3421 to 4700
Ch 2 Front hitch lower limit 200 to 1955

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 414
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and

options
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

The Universal controller (U1) is used to select the op-

tions and configurations for:
• Full Powershift (FPS) transmission
• Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• Electronic engine
• Differential lock and four wheel drive
• Rear Power Take-Off (PTO)
• Front Electro Hydraulic Remote valves (EHR’s)
• Front suspension
• Front Power Take-Off (PTO)
• Front hitch
• Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valves (EHR’s)
• Anti Lock Brake System (ABS)

H3 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01278FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 415
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Full Powershift (FPS) transmission options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
transmission symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT018AVB 3

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Description
Ch 1 Creeper enable/disable
Ch 2 Electronic Park Lock (EPL) enable/disable
Ch 3 40 km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 4 A clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 5 B clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 C clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 D clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 416
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Description
Ch 8 E clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 F1 / Low clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 10 F2 / Mid clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 11 F3 / High clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 12 F4 / 19th clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (19 speed transmission only)
Ch 13 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment

Channel 1 - Creeper enable / disable

This channel is used to select whether the creeper op-
tion is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 5

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Creeper enabled
"No" - Creeper disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

Channel 2- Electronic Park Lock (EPL) enable / disable

This channel is used to select whether the EPL is
present or not.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 6

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - EPL enabled
"No" - EPL disabled

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 417
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold

the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

Channel 3 - 40 km/h Maximum speed restriction

This channel is used to restrict the transmission to a
maximum speed of 40 km/h.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM502AVA 7

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Restricted to 40 km/h
"No" - Unrestricted
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channels 4 to 13 - Clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment

These channels are used to adjust the quickfill values
for the clutch solenoids.
The required channel can be selected by using the “h"
and “m" buttons.
Select the required channel, (refer to the table below for
a description of each channel).

Channel number Description

Ch 4 Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 5 Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 F1 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 10 F2 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 11 F3 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 12 F4 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (19 speed transmission only)
Ch 13 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment

Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m"
button to decrease the value, between the minimum of
3 and maximum of 25, representing 30 - 250 ms.

NOTE: If the "h" or "m" buttons are not depressed for three seconds, the value is frozen but not stored.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 418
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

When the desired value is displayed depress and hold

the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 419
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 8

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
EDC symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT019AVB 9

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 10

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / disable EDC
Ch 3 Enable / disable slip control

Channel 1 - Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams

This channel is used to configure the EDC system with
the size of hydraulic rams that are fitted to the machine.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 420
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM504AVA 11

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able external ram diameter sizes:
90 mm
100 mm
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”. If “def” is displayed then this channel must be used to select the
appropriate ram size otherwise fault code 1070 will be shown.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Enable / Disable Electronic Draft Control (EDC)

This channel is used to enable or disable the EDC sys-
tem.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 12

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - EDC enabled
"No" - EDC disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the installation of a new Universal Controller, an automatic detection
procedure will be performed to determine if the vehicle is fitted EDC controls, and the system will be enabled or
disabled appropriately.
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel or by the automatic detection procedure then this channel will
not be available and the Slip option will be disabled.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 421
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Enable/Disable slip control

This channel is used to enable or disable the slip control
option of the EDC system.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 13

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Slip control enabled
"No" - Slip control disabled

NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the installation of a new Universal Controller, an automatic detection
procedure will be performed to determine if the vehicle is fitted with Slip controls, and the system will be enabled or
disabled appropriately.
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".
NOTE: If the EDC option has been disabled using channel 2 then this channel will not be available for selection.
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 422
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic engine options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 14

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
engine symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT029AVB 15

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 16

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Dyno power boost test
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Grid heater selection
Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection
Ch 5 Engine brake selection
Ch 6 Engine fan selection

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 423
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Dyno power boost test

This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dy-
namometer tested with maximum powerboost.
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"OFF" - Dyno power boost test mode is off (normal ve-
hicle operation).
"Std" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight un-
boosted curve without any limitations).
"bSt1" - Dyno power boost test mode is on, with engine
at 2200 RPM (straight boosted curve without any limi-
tations).
"bSt2" - Dyno power boost test mode is on, with engine
at 2100 RPM (straight boosted curve without any limi-
tations).

BAIL13TR01283AA 17

NOTE: If enabled, the dyno power boost test will only be active for 45 minutes.
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is “OFF”.
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

Channel 3 - Grid heater selection

This channel is used to enable or disable the grid heater
option.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 18

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Grid heater fitted
"No" - Grid heater not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel “Yes”.

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 424
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 4 - Fuel filter heater selection

This channel is used to enable or disable the fuel filter
heater option.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT298AVA 19

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Fuel filter heater fitted
"No" - Fuel filter not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is “No”.

Channel 5 - Engine brake selection

This channel is used to enable or disable the engine
brake option.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL09CVT645AVA 20

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Engine brake fitted
"No" - Engine brake not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is “No”.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 425
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 6 - Engine fan selection

This channel is used to select the type of engine fan
fitted.
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Vt" - Visctronic fan
"R" - Reversible fan
NOTE: The default setting for this option is the Visctronic
fan ("Vt").

BAIL13TR01189AA 21

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold

the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 426
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Differential lock and four wheel drive options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 22

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
differential lock symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT031AVB 23

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 24

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Terralock (front axle) angles
Ch 4 Four wheel drive braking speed selection

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 427
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Axle type

This channel is used to select the front axle type, stan-
dard or SuperSteer™.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM507AVA 25

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer™ axle.

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "0".

Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.

Channel 2 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

Channel 3 - Terralock (front axle) angles

This channel is used to select the steering angle at
which the auto differential lock and auto four wheel drive
functions engage and disengage.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM508AVA 26

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options, "0", "1", "2" or "3", refer to the table below
for the steering angles that correspond to each option.

NOTE: There is 2 km/h hysteresis on the vehicle speed.

The angles for each option are different depending on whether the front axle is Standard or SuperSteer™.
There is a 3 ° hysteresis on the standard axle Steering angle and a 1 ° hysteresis on the SuperSteer™ steering angle.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 428
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Auto four Auto four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto four Auto four
wheel wheel differen- differen- differential differen- wheel wheel
drive drive tial lock tial lock lock tial lock drive drive
Standard axle 0 - 10 km/h 0 - 0 - 0 - 10 - 10 - 10 - 10 -
10 km/h 10 km/h 10 km/h 15 km/h 15 km/h 20 km/h 20 km/h
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
right left right left right left right left
Option 0 17.97 ° 16.63 ° 13.48 ° 12.8 ° 8.98 ° 8.54 ° 13.48 ° 12.8 °
Option 1 40.43 ° 33.7 ° 17.97 ° 16.63 ° 8.98 ° 8.54 ° 35.94 ° 30.55 °
Option 2 13.48 ° 12.8 ° 8.98 ° 8.54 ° 8.98 ° 8.54 ° 13.48 ° 12.8 °
Option 3 10.55 ° 9.79 ° 4.49 ° 4.05 ° 8.98 ° 8.54 ° 13.48 ° 12.8 °

Auto four Auto four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto four Auto four
wheel wheel differen- differen- differen- differen- wheel wheel
drive drive tial lock tial lock tial lock tial lock drive drive
SuperSteer™
0 - 10 km/h 0 - 0 - 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 10 - 10 - 10 -
axle
10 km/h 10 km/h 15 km/h 15 km/h 20 km/h 20 km/h
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
right left right left right left right left
Option 0 12.58 ° 11.45 ° 9.43 ° 8.76 ° 6.29 ° 5.93 ° 9.44 ° 8.76 °
Option 1 28.3 ° 22.69 ° 12.58 ° 11.41 ° 6.29 ° 5.93 ° 25.16 ° 20.66 °
Option 2 9.44 ° 8.76 ° 6.29 ° 5.93 ° 6.29 ° 5.93 ° 9.44 ° 8.76 °
Option 3 7.09 ° 6.7 ° 4.13 ° 4.04 ° 6.29 ° 5.93 ° 9.44 ° 8.76 °

When the desired value is displayed depress and hold

the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 4 - Four wheel drive braking speed selection

This option is used to select the ground speed below
which four wheel braking will not occur.
NOTE: This channel will only be available if the four wheel
drive option has been selected.
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_2"
"4_8"
"6_4"
refer to the table below for the description of each op-
tion.

BAIL11APH222AVA 27

Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

Four wheel drive braking engagement, if wheel speed 6.4 Km/h 4.8 Km/h 3.2 Km/h 1.6 Km/h 0 Km/h
is greater than or equal to:

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is 6.4 km/h.

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 429
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 430
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 28

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
rear PTO symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT030AVB 29

The lower central display will show "ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 30

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Not used
Ch 2 Rear PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 Rear PTO drop out speed selection
Ch 4 Electronic shiftable Power Take-Off (ESPTO) option

Channel 1 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 431
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 2 - Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) fender switches selection

This channel is used to select whether the rear PTO
fender switch option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 31

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options
"Yes" - Fender switches fitted
"No" - Fender switches not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is “No”.

Channel 3 - Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) drop out speed selection

This channel is used to select the engine speed below
which the PTO will drop out.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM513AVA 32

Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m"
button to decrease the value in increments of 10 RPM
between 0 - 550 RPM.
When the desired value is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: The default value on a new module or following an H8 operation is 0 RPM.

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 432
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 4 - Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off (ESPTO) option

This channel is used to select if the ESPTO is fitted on
the vehicle and configure the number of speeds avail-
able.
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"OFF" - ESPTO disabled
"2" - ESPTO enabled with two speeds
"4" - ESPTO enabled with four speeds

BAIL10CVT328AVD 33

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "OFF".

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 433
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 34

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
front EHR symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT032AVB 35

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 36

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Front EHR option selection
Ch 2 Front loader / front hitch selection
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR’s setup
Ch 5 High flow pump option
Ch 6 Anti-saturation option selection

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 434
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Front Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) option selection

This channel is used to select whether the front EHR
option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 37

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front EHR’s enabled
"No" - Front EHR’s disabled

NOTE: By default, the front EHR’s are detected automatically if fitted and this option is used to disable them.
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Front loader / front hitch selection

This channel is used to select whether the front EHR’s
are used in conjunction with the front hitch or the front
loader.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM510AVA 38

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Htch" - Front hitch enabled
"LOAd" - Front loader enabled
"nonE" - Front hitch and front loader disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 435
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

NOTE: If the Front EHRs are to be used to control the Front Hitch then the Front Hitch option must also be enabled
in the Universal Controller, (U1 module, Front Hitch system, H3, channel 1 set to “YES”).
NOTE: If Front Hitch is selected then Front EHR valve 1 will be reserved for front hitch operation. If Front Loader is
selected then Front EHR valves 1 – 3 will be reserved for front loader operation. If none is selected then all Front
EHR valves will be available for use.

Channel 3 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

Channel 4 - Number of Electro Hydraulic Remote valves (EHR’s) setup

When the module is new or the H8 procedure is com-
pleted automatic detection for the number of remote’s is
used. If at any time the number of fitted remote’s needs
to be changed then this setup channel is used.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT291AVA 39

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"2"
"3"
"4"
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 5 - High flow pump option

This channel is used to select whether the optional high
flow pump is fitted.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM512AVA 40

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 436
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - High flow pump enabled
"No" - High flow pump disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 6 - Anti-saturation option selection

This channel is used to select whether anti-saturation
of the valve flow is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT295AVA 41

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Anti-saturation enabled
"No" - Anti-saturation disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 437
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front suspension options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 42

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
front suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT063AVB 43

The lower central display will show "ch _".

BAIL06CCM446AVA 44

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Front suspension option selection

Channel 1 - Front suspension option selection

This channel is used to select whether the front suspen-
sion option is enabled or disabled.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 438
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 45

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front suspension enabled
"No" - Front suspension disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 439
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front Power Take-Off (PTO) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 46

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
front PTO symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT065AVB 47

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 48

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Front PTO option selection
Ch 2 Front PTO management option

Channel 1 - Front Power Take-Off (PTO) option selection

This channel is used to select whether the front PTO
option is enabled or disabled.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 440
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 49

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front PTO enabled
"No" - Front PTO disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

Channel 2- Front Power Take-Off (PTO) management option

This channel is used to select whether the front PTO
management option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT299AVC 50

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front PTO management enabled
"No" - Front PTO management disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 441
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front hitch options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 51

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
rear front hitch symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT270AVF 52

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 53

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Front hitch option selection
Ch 2 Front hitch front fender switches option
Ch 3 Front hitch management option
Ch 4 Front hitch ram size selection

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 442
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Front hitch option selection

This channel is used to select whether the front hitch
option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 54

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front hitch enabled
"No" - Front hitch disabled

NOTE: The default setting on a new module is "no".

NOTE: If the front EHR’s are to be used to control the front hitch then the front loader / front hitch option must be set
to front hitch on the Universal Control Module (U1, Front EHR system, H3, channel 2 set to “Htch”).
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Front hitch fender switches option

This channel is used to select whether the front hitch
fender switch option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option is displayed.

BAIL10CVT299AVC 55

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front hitch fender switches fitted
"No" - Front hitch fender switches not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 443
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Front hitch management option

This channel is used to select whether the front hitch
management system is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT299AVD 56

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front hitch management engaged
"No" - Front hitch management not engaged

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

NOTE: Enabling this option will automatically enable the front hitch option in channel 1, as front hitch management
requires the front hitch option to be enabled.
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 4 - Front hitch ram size selection

This channel is used to configure the size of the hy-
draulic rams that are fitted to the vehicle when the front
hitch management system is enabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT328AVE 57

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able external ram diameter sizes:
80 mm
90 mm.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 444
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold

the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: This channel will only be available if the front hitch management option has been enabled in channel 3.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”, indicating that no selection has been made. If “def” is displayed then
this channel must be used to select the appropriate ram size.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 445
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valves (EHR’s) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 58

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
rear EHR symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT062AVB 59

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 60

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Rear EHR option selection
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR’s present
Ch 5 Top and side link control option selection

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 446
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) option selection

This channel is used to select whether the rear EHR
option is enabled for disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 61

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Rear EHR enabled
"No" - Rear EHR disabled

NOTE: By default, the rear EHRs are detected automatically if fitted and this option is used to disable them.
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

Channel 3 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –” will be displayed.

Channel 4 - Number of Electro Hydraulic Remote valves (EHR’s) present

NOTE: When a new module has been fitted, or following an "H8" procedure, the number of EHR’s present is auto-
matically detected.
If at any time the number of fitted EHR’s needs to be changed then this setup channel is used.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM511AVA 62

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 447
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"2"
"3"
"4"
"5"
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 5 - Top and side link control option selection

This channel is used to select whether the top / side link
control option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM581AVA 63

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Top / side link enabled
"No" - Top / side link disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 448
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Anti Lock Brake System (ABS) Options

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 64

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
ABS symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL12APH214AVA 65

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 66

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 ABS option selection

Channel 1 - Anti Lock Brake System (ABS) option selection

This channel is used to enable or disable the ABS op-
tion

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 449
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 67

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - ABS enabled
"No" - ABS disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 450
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H4 - View software revision

level
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

H4 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01180FA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 451
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H4 on the U1
controller.
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL13TR00670AA 3

The lower central display will automatically cycle

through the software release, as the example shown
and return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
The first set of 4 digits displayed indicates the Software
Identifier, this number uniquely defines the application
software present in the module. The second and third
set of 4 digits displayed define the release version of
the application software. In the example shown above,
these digits indicate that the application software in the
U1 module is version 01.03.00.00.

BAIL13TR01333AA 4

NOTE: The software version displayed by H4 may not match the software version indicated on the label of the module
if the new software has been downloaded to the module after manufacture.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 452
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H5 - Switch operation test

T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

NOTE: This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
NOTE: Common to all sub systems.

H5 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01181FA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 453
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H5 on the U1
controller.
Select the H5 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL13TR00672AA 3

The lower central display will show “d _ _".

BVE0047A_569 4

When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and

BAIL10CVT302AVA 5

Refer to the table below for the switch numbers.

Control
Channel unit plug Pin number Description
connection
d0 - - No switch activated or two switches activated at the same time
d1 CN3B 19 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) fender switch - Lower
d2 CN2B 21 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) fender switch - Raise
d5 via CAN Electronic Draft Control (EDC work switch (on hand controller)
d6 via CAN Electronic Draft Control (EDC) raise switch (on hand controller)
d7 CN2A 9 Connection of the NASO lighting (disconnect and reconnect the
flasher unit - not for ISO lighting)
d8 CN3B 1 Crank detect input
d10 CN2A 16 Seat switch
d11 CN1B 16 Handbrake switch

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 454
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Control
Channel unit plug Pin number Description
connection
d12 CN3B 16 Left brake pedal switch
d13 CN2A 15 Right brake pedal switch
d15 CN4B 22 Shuttle lever forward switch
d16 CN4B 21 Shuttle lever reverse switch
d17 via CAN Transmission downshift switch (on hand controller)
d18 via CAN Transmission upshift switch (on hand controller)
d19 via CAN Transmission range shift / 2nd function / Electro Hydraulic Remote
valve (EHR) float switch (on hand controller)
d20 CN3A 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch (Full Powershift (FPS))
d21 CN3A 12 Forward clutch pressure switch (Full Powershift (FPS))
d23 CN2B 30 Shuttle lever forward / reverse switch
d24 CN2B 28 Shuttle lever neutral switch
d31 CN4B 14 Air conditioning pressure switch
d32 CN1B 15 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) enable switch
d33 CN1B 05 Radar present input (disconnect radar to test)
d38 via CAN - Manual differential lock switch
d39 via CAN - Auto differential lock switch
d41 via CAN - Manual four wheel drive switch
d42 via CAN - Auto four wheel drive switch
d43 CN2B 13 Hi-flow pump present input (disconnect pump link to test)
d44 CN2B 15 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) switch - normally open
d45 CN3A 11 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) switch - normally closed
d46 CN3B 11 Hi flow pump not present input
d47 CN4A 12 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) brake switch
d49 via CAN - Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) management switch
d55 via CAN - Engine speed switch - decrease
d56 via CAN - Engine speed switch - Increase
d60 CN2B 24 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 CN2A 25 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) fender switch (normally open)
d64 CN4A 10 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) fender switch (normally closed)
d69 CN4A 25 Front suspension pressure switch
d74 CN4A 22 Exhaust brake switch
d75 via CAN - Side link extend switch
d76 via CAN - Side link retract switch
d77 CN4B 13 Front hitch fender switch present input
d78 CN3B 29 Front hitch external raise switch
d79 CN3B 30 Front hitch external lower switch
d84 via CAN Front Power Take-Off (PTO) management switch
d89 via CAN - Front suspension lock switch
d90 CN4B 15 Front Power Take-Off (PTO) switch (normally open)
d91 CN4B 16 Front Power Take-Off (PTO) switch (normally closed)
d92 via CAN - Front hitch height limit switch
d94 CN2A 17 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) enable switch
d95 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 1 program / motor mode
switch
d96 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 2 program / motor mode
switch
d97 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 3 program / motor mode
switch
d98 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 4 program / motor mode
switch
d105 via CAN - Auto function switch (on hand controller)
d107 CN2B 27 Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO) speed select
switch - 540

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 455
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Control
Channel unit plug Pin number Description
connection
d108 via CAN - Top link extend switch
d109 via CAN - Top link retract switch
d111 CN3B 23 Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO) speed select
switch - 1000
d112 CN3B 20 Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO) speed select
switch - 1000E
d113 CN3A 23 Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO) speed select
switch - neutral
d114 CN2B 22 Electronic Shiftable Rear Power Take-Off (ESPTO) speed select
switch - 540E
d122 via CAN - CRPM speed 1 selection switch
d123 via CAN - CRPM speed 2 selection switch
d127 via CAN - Reversible fan switch
d136 via CAN - Forward switch (on hand controller)
d137 via CAN - Reverse switch (on hand controller)
d138 via CAN - Accelerator / shuttle speed switch
d139 via CAN - Joystick Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) select switch
d159 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) flow encoder switch
d165 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) float control switch
d169 via CAN - Range increase switch (on hand controller)
d170 via CAN - Range decrease switch (on hand controller)
d177 via CAN - Autoguidance engage on/off switch (on hand controller)
d178 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 1 extend switch (on hand
controller)
d179 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 1 retract switch (on hand
controller)
d180 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 2 extend switch (on hand
controller)
d181 via CAN - Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 2 retract switch (on hand
controller)
d182 via CAN - Dead man switch (on hand controller)
d183 CN2B 23 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 3 extend switch (on rear
fender)
d184 CN2B 20 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 3 retract switch (on rear
fender)
d185 via CAN - Rear hitch slip switch
d187 via CAN - Rear hitch inching raise switch
d188 via CAN - Rear hitch inching lower switch
d189 via CAN - Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) mode switch
d190 via CAN Front hitch inching raise switch
d191 via CAN Front hitch inching lower switch
d198 CN2B 29 Brake pressure left
d199 CN2B 33 Brake pressure right
d200 via CAN Anti Lock Brake System (ABS) disable switch
d201 CN2B 16 Left brake switch low
d202 CN2B 19 Right brake switch low
d204 CN2A 12 ISOBUS worklight monitor switch
d207 CN1A 04 Marker lights
d208 CN1A 10 Hazard switch

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 456
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H6 - Vehicle information

view
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

H6 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01182FA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 457
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H6 on the U1
controller.
Select the H6 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL10CVT038AVB 3

The number of gears or ranges, transmission speed

and the engine horsepower will be displayed in succes-
sion.

BAIL13TR01190AA 4

Refer to the table below for the various options that may
be displayed:

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 458
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes

T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

NOTE: This menu is only for special vehicle tests to check clutch switch adjustment and hydraulic pressures.

H7 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01183FA 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 459
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H7 on the U1
controller.
Select the H7 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
The upper section of the display will show "ch _"

BAIL13TR01339AA 3

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Clutch switch test
Ch 2 Manual clutch adjustment
Ch 3 Manual quick fill adjustment
Ch 4 Clutch pressure test
Ch 5 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 6 Self bed in of clutches
Ch 7 PWM valve test

Channel 1 - Clutch switch test

NOTE: This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and switch status. In addition it also displays the oil
temperature.
The transmission is enabled in this state.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 460
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The

clutch pedal position is displayed as a percentage of
the travel (0-99), with 'O' or 'C' in the upper digit indicat-
ing whether the clutch pedal switch is open or closed.
This is useful for evaluating the clutch pedal switch ad-
justment and also the inching bite point.
NOTE: The shuttle lever must be in the forward position for
the clutch pedal switch status to change.

BAIL06CCM469AVA 5

The oil temperature, in degrees C, is displayed when

the clutch pedal has been in the full up position (above
97 %) for more than 5 seconds. When the clutch is
depressed to below 98 % the display will immediately
switch back to show the clutch pedal position.
The oil temperature can also be displayed when the
clutch pedal is full up or full down by pressing and hold-
ing the upshift or downshift switch.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 6

Channel 2 - Manual clutch adjustment

NOTE: This channel is used to manually adjust and test the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the
clutch pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. Shifting
the shuttle lever into reverse will select the R clutch.
Cycling between neutral and forward will cycle through
the other clutches.
The lower central display will show the clutch letter for
1 second and then show the calibration value.

BAIL06CCM472AVA 7

The calibration values can then be adjusted using the

upshift and downshift buttons.
To test the calibration, leave the shuttle lever out of neu-
tral and fully release the clutch pedal. Two clutches
will be applied at low pressure to provide a torque path
through the transmission, then the clutch that is being
adjusted will be applied at its bite point pressure so
that it should just begin to engage. To re-test the same
clutch, depress the clutch pedal slightly and release it
again.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 461
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 3 - Manual quick fill adjustment

Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the
clutch pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. The neutral
button on the shuttle lever must be pressed between
shuttle cycles. Shifting the shuttle lever to reverse
will select the R clutch. Cycling between neutral and
forward will cycle through the other clutches. The lower
central display will show the clutch letter followed by
the quick fill setting.

BAIL06CCM474AVA 8

The quick fill settings can be adjusted using the upshift

and downshift buttons with the shuttle lever in neutral
and the clutch released.
The quick fill value can be tested in one of three meth-
ods. To select the test method press the upshift button
with the clutch pedal pressed and the shuttle lever in
neutral. The lower central display will change to show
the selected test method (1, 2 or 3) for one second. The
quick fill test methods are:
1. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure to pro-
vide the torque path through the transmission and
after the clutch being adjusted will be applied at its
CAL_P_NOM pressure.
2. A clutch will be applied at low pressure, then a sec-
ond clutch will be applied at low pressure together
with the one to be adjusted at its CAL_P_NOM
pressure.
3. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure and
at the same time the clutch being calibrated will be
applied at its CAL_P_NOM pressure.
To test the quick fill, leave the shuttle lever out of neutral
and fully release the clutch pedal. To re-test the same
clutch, depress the clutch pedal and release it again.

Channel 4 - Clutch pressure test

Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position.
NOTE: The display will show 'U23' if the test is started with
the shuttle lever in the neutral position.
Select the clutch to be tested by pressing the trans-
mission upshift button. Each time the upshift button
is pressed the lower central display will show the next
available clutch that can be tested.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 462
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

• If the clutch pedal position is less than 30 % then the

pressure is set to 0 bar.
• At 30 % pedal travel the clutch pressure is set to
1 bar and this rises linearly to 20 bar as the clutch
pedal is lifted to the 75 % position.
• Above 75 % of clutch pedal travel the pressure is set
to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
• If the A clutch was selected for the test then as the
clutch pedal is raised from fully depressed to fully
released the display will show 'A0' rising to 'A20' and
then 'A24'.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 9

Pressing the downshift switch will turn on the selected

valve at the pressure determined by the clutch pedal
position.

Channel 5 - Clutch switch adjustment

NOTE: This channel is an alternative to channel 1 for adjusting the clutch switch. The transmission is enabled in this
state.
Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The
lower central display will show 'n' if the lever is in neutral.

BAIL10CVT331AVC 10

When the lower central display shows 'CP', cycle the

clutch pedal.

BAIL10CVT331AVD 11

When the clutch pedal is released the lower central dis-

play will show a value in the range 8 to 14 if the switch
is correctly adjusted.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 463
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the lower central

display will show 'CL' if clutch pedal switch adjustment
screw is to be turned clockwise or 'CCL' if the screw is
to be turned counter-clockwise.

BAIL10CVT331AVE 12

Adjust the screw in the direction indicated on the display

and cycle the clutch pedal and the procedure until the
display shows the correct value.

Channel 6 - Self bed in of clutches

Enter this channel with the engine running, the trans-
mission in neutral, hand brake on, engine rpm free (any
speed), PTO free to be used (no ground speed, if en-
gaged error), clutch pedal up, creeper not engaged, no
19th gear. Shift the shuttle lever into forward, the lower
central display will show 'rdY'.

BAIL10CVT331AVF 13

Press and release the downshift button to start the pro-

cedure.
Press and release the downshift button to stop the pro-
cedure.

Channel 7- PWM valve test

NOTE: This channel is used to test the PWM valves in conjunction with the Electronic Service Tool (EST).
This procedure can be used to test the valves for the
following solenoids:
• A, B, C, D, E, F1, F2, F3, R and the PTO valve.
There are two tests that can be performed for each
valve; a ramp test and a step test.
Additionally there is test that can be performed to check
the reaction of the accumulator.
In order to perform the tests the following conditions
must be met:
• Operator is in the seat
• Handbrake applied
• Engine speed set to 1200 RPM ± 100 RPM.
• Transmission oil temperature between 45 - 55 °C.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 464
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

NOTE: In the event of any of these conditions not being met then a 'U' code will be displayed and the test will not be
allowed to be performed until appropriate action has been taken.

PWM valve test 'U' error codes

Code Description Possible failure
U17 Seat switch not activated (operator –
not in seat)
U20 Hand brake not applied –
U21 Engine speed is below 1100 RPM –
U22 Engine speed is above 1300 RPM –
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift to –
forward
U26 Clutch pedal is not fully up, release –
clutch pedal
U127 Transmission oil temperature is below –
45 °C
U128 Transmission oil temperature is above –
55 °C

Ramp test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch
pedal and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the
valves available for testing. Use forwards to move up
through the valves and reverse to move down. The
lower central display will show the current selection.

BAIL10CVT304AVA 14

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 465
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the

lower central display and the upshift button can be re-
leased.
NOTE: The upshift button must be kept pressed during the
ramp test. If the button is released then the test will be ter-
minated and the current in the solenoid will return to zero.

BAIL10CVT331AVA 15

Step test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch
pedal and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the
valves available for testing. Use forwards to move up
through the valves and reverse to move down. The
lower central display will show the current selection.

BAIL10CVT304AVA 16

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal

fully released the step test is performed for the selected
valve by pressing and holding the transmission down-
shift button.
The test will a step from zero to maximum current to the
selected solenoid. Maximum current will be maintained
for 1.2 seconds and then be turned off for 1.5 seconds.
This cycle will then be performed twice.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show
a count from '1' to '4', corresponding to the steps in the
test.
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the
lower central display and the downshift button can be
released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the ramp test. If the button is released then the test will
be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return to
zero.

BAIL10CVT328AVC 17

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 466
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Accumulator test
Select the accumulator test by depressing the clutch
pedal and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the
valves available for testing until 'Acc' is shown on the
lower central display.

BAIL10CVT331AVH 18

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal

fully released the accumulator test is performed by
pressing and holding the transmission downshift but-
ton.
The test will turn on the F1, F2 and F3 solenoids with
maximum current for a period of 1 second then turn
them off for a further 1 second. This cycle will be per-
formed 5 times.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show
a count from "1" to "10", corresponding to the steps in
the test.
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the
lower central display and the downshift button can be
released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the accumulator test. If the button is released then the test
will be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return BAIL10CVT323AVC 19
to zero.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 467
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H8 - Clear stored

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

H8 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01184FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 468
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

NOTE: If the controller identifier "U1" screen is selected the settings for the entire module will be erased, if one of the
sub-system screens is selected, i.e. transmission in this example, only the transmission settings will be erased.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H8 on the U1
controller.
Select the H8 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to navigate to the sub-sys-
tem to be erased. Select the sub-system by depressing
the "dimming" button

BAIL10CVT042AVB 3

The lower central display will show “EECL"

BVE0682A 4

ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibration values and stored fault codes.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the resetting
of the EEPROM.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 469
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01,

then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has
been cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.

BVE0121A 5

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to allow the reset val-
ues to be stored.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 470
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - HA - Demonstration mode

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

HA Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01317FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 471
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Engine power boost demonstration mode

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Start the engine and allow it to idle.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HA and the
engine symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT046AVB 3

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 4

Using the “h" and “m" buttons select channel 1.

The lower central display will show "Pbd" (power boost
demo).

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 472
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

BAIL06CCM484AVB 5

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to return to normal

operation.

Front suspension demonstration mode

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 6

Start the engine and allow it to idle.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HA and the
front suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT313AVA 7

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 473
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 8

Using the “h" and “m" buttons select channel 1.

The lower central display will show "FSd" (front suspen-
sion demo).

BAIL10CVT314AVA 9

Use the SFA lock switch to select lockout mode in the

normal way (the 12kph lockout speed restriction will not
be activated).

BAIL09HHP270AVB 10

Depress the "dimming" button to exit the menu at any

time.
Turn the ignition key switch OFF to return to normal
operation.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 474
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - HB - Display stored fault

codes
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

NOTE: This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
NOTE: A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HB Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01319FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 475
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menu's to HB and the
EDC symbol on the U1 controller.
Select the required sub-system by depressing the "dim-
ming" button.

BAIL13TR00683AA 3

The lower central display will show " — — — — ", if no

fault codes are stored.

BAIL13TR00684AA 4

The lower central display will show "F", if any fault codes
are stored.

BVF1088A 5

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 476
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The display will then automatically cycle through as the

example:
1002 Fault code
137 Hour of first occurrence
149 Hour of last occurrence
5 Number of occurrences of the fault

BAIL10CVT321AVA 6

Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will display “– – –” at the end
of the list.

BAIL13TR01330AA 7

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating

through the “HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 477
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - HC - Clear all stored fault

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

This menu can be used to:
• Clear all fault codes stored in all sub-systems in the
universal controller
• Clear all fault codes stored in a specific sub-system
in the universal controller

HC Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01321FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 478
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

NOTE: Always make a note of the stored fault codes before clearing.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HC on the U1
controller.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL13TR00687AA 3

The lower central display will show "F CL".

BVE0684A 4

Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing

of the memory.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 479
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE"

will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have been
cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.

BVE0121A 5

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating

through the “HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 480
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - HE - Display frequency

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

NOTE: This menu is used to check the operation of the U1 control module’s frequency inputs.
NOTE: All vehicle sub-systems are operable during this procedure.

HE Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01323FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 481
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HE on the U1
controller.
Select the HE menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL13TR00681AA 3

The lower central display will show “ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the reading for the chosen channel will be
shown, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel and its corresponding typical reading).
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 482
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - HF - View controller

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HF Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01325FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 483
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HF on the U1
controller.
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL13TR00689AA 3

The display will automatically cycle through as the ex-

ample:
0725 Hardware identification
0400 Hardware version
0000 Hardware version
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.

BAIL10CVT323AVA 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 484
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - HJ - Electronic hydraulic

remote control valve number programming
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] NA
T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

NOTE: Each Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) has its own built in processor. The processor stores in its memory
the valve’s number within the EHR stack, i.e. whether it is valve number 1, 2, 3 or 4. If it becomes necessary to
replace a valve assembly then it becomes necessary to reprogram the number of each valve within the complete
valve assembly. Replacement valve assemblies are supplied with no number assigned. To reprogram the valve
number sequence use the following procedure.
NOTE: This procedure details the procedure for renumbering the rear EHR valves, the same procedure applies for
renumbering the front valves, using the front EHR sub-system.
ATTENTION: It is essential that the renumbering procedure for a complete set of valves (e.g. all rear valves) must be
completed in its entirety before commencing the procedure for the other set of valves.

HJ Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01327FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 485
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

With all the rear remote valves connected to the har-

ness, turn the ignition key switch ON.
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to HJ on the U1
controller.
Select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
The upper section of the display will show "EEhr".

BAIL13TR00692AA 3

The lower central display will show "EEhr".

BVE0736A 4

Depress and hold the "m" button, the lower cen-

tral display will count down from 5 to 1, and finally
show "CEhr", indicating the valve numbers have been
cleared.

BVE0737A 5

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 486
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch OFF.

Disconnect the harness from all the valves apart from
number 1.
Turn the ignition key switch on and navigate to the HJ
menu again.
The lower central display will momentarily show "Ehr_"
followed by "Ehr1", an audible bleep will indicate that
the valve has been recognised and renumbered.

BAIL10CVT328AVA 6

The lower central display will flash "Ehr2" indicating the

controller is ready for the next valve to be connected.

BAIL10CVT329AVA 7

Reconnect each valve in the correct order. As each

valve is reconnected an audible bleep will signify that
the valve is recognised and the display will change to
show the next valve number to be reconnected until all
the valves have been connected.

BAIL10CVT331AVA 8

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the new valve
numbers.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 487
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Valve renumbering 'U' error codes

Code Description Possible failure
U160 Incorrect sequence detected when 1) The renumbering procedure for mid mount valves has not
renumbering the rear valves been completed correctly. Pay particular attention to ensure that
the last step in the renumbering procedure has been completed.
U161 Incorrect sequence detected when 1) The renumbering procedure for rear valves has not been
renumbering the midmount valves completed correctly. Pay particular attention to ensure that the
last step in the renumbering procedure has been completed.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 488
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic

U1 - Universal Control Module (UCM)

H9 Menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR01185FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 489
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Select the H9 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.

BAIL13TR00680AA 3

The lower central display will show “ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the
table below.

Channel Connector Pin Description Typical reading

number number
Ch 1 X-951 16 Parking brake switch 0 - Parking brake released
(CN1B) 12000 - Parking brake applied
Ch 6 X-951 15 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) enable 0 - EDC disabled
(CN1B) switch 12000 - EDC enabled
Ch 7 X-951 14 B clutch pressure sensor 530 - clutch disengaged
(CN1B) 2700 - clutch engaged
Ch 8 X-951 13 Foot throttle position 500 - pedal released
(CN1B) 4200 - pedal fully depressed

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 490
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connector Pin Description Typical reading

number number
Ch 9 X-951 08 Airbrake pressure sensor 1 1000 - 4000
(CN1B) (Typically 3800 with engine running
and compressor working)
Ch 10 X-951 07 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) left draft 4200 - with no weight on rear hitch
(CN1B) load sensor
Ch 11 X-951 06 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) right 4200 - with no weight on rear hitch
(CN1B) draft load sensor
Ch 12 X-951 05 Radar present input 0 - radar disconnected
(CN1B) 12000 - radar connected
Ch 13 X-952 09 NASO lights input 0 - NASO lighting
(CN2A) 12000 - ISO lighting
Ch 17 X-952 15 Right brake switch 0 - pedal depressed
(CN2A) 12000 - pedal released
Ch 18 X-952 16 Seat switch 1880 - operator in seat
(CN2A) 3500 - operator out of seat
Ch 19 X-952 17 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 0 - EHR disabled
(CN2A) enable switch 12000 - EHR enabled
Ch 21 X-956 17 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off Two Speed
(CN4A) (ESPTO) position sensor 3000 - 1000
1400 - 1000E / 540E
Four Speed
1050 - 1000
2070 - 1000E
3040 - 540E
3990 - 540
Ch 24 X-956 10 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) N/C 0 - switch pressed
(CN4A) (normally closed) fender switch 12000 - switch not pressed
Ch 25 X-956 18 Airbrake pressure sensor 2 1000 - 4000
(CN4A) (Typically 3800 with engine running
and compressor working)
Ch 26 X-956 12 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) brake 0 - switch pressed
(CN4A) switch 12000 - switch not pressed
Ch 27 X-956 25 Front suspension accelerometer 2000 - suspension at rest
(CN4A)
Ch 29 X-952 25 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) N/O 0 - switch not pressed
(CN2A) (normally open) fender switch 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 30 X-953 13 High flow pump present input 0 - link present
(CN2B) 12000 - link not present
Ch 31 X-953 14 Front suspension not pressure switch -
(CN2B)
Ch 32 X-953 15 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) N/O 0 - switch in off position
(CN2B) (normally open) switch 12000 - switch in on position
Ch 33 X-953 16 Left brake switch low 0 - 5000
(CN2B)
Ch 34 X-953 19 Right brake switch low 0 - 5000
(CN2B)
Ch 35 X-953 20 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 0 - switch not pressed
(CN2B) 3 retract switch (on rear fender) 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 36 X-953 21 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) external 0 - switch not pressed
(CN2B) raise switch 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 37 X-953 22 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in 540E position
(CN2B) (ESPTO) speed select switch - 540E 12000 - switch in 540E position
Ch 38 X-953 23 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 0 - switch not pressed
(CN2B) 3 extend switch (on rear fender) 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 39 X-953 24 Foot throttle not at idle switch 0 - pedal released
(CN2B) 8000 - pedal depressed

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 491
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connector Pin Description Typical reading

number number
Ch 40 X-953 27 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in 540 position
(CN2B) (ESPTO) speed select switch - 540 12000 - switch in 540 position
Ch 41 X-953 28 Shuttle lever neutral switch 1540 - button not pressed
(CN2B) 3400 - button pressed
Ch 42 X-953 29 Brake pressure left 540 - brake applied
(CN2B) 4500 - brake released
Ch 43 X-953 30 Shuttle lever forward / reverse switch 0 - lever in rest position
(CN2B) 3670 - lever in F or R
Ch 46 X-953 33 Brake pressure right 500 - brakes applied
(CN2B) 4500 - brakes released
Ch 47 X-954 09 Front suspension axle position sensor 950 - axle at lowest position
(CN3A) 3800 - axle at highest position
Ch 48 X-954 10 Clutch pedal position sensor 1350 - pedal fully depressed
(CN3A) 3800 - pedal released
Ch 49 X-954 11 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) N/C 0 - switch in on position
(CN3A) (normally closed) switch 12000 - switch in off position
Ch 54 X-954 18 A clutch pressure sensor 530 - clutch disengaged
(CN3A) 2700 - clutch engaged
Ch 55 X-954 23 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in neutral position
(CN3A) (ESPTO) speed select switch - neutral 12000 - switch in neutral position
Ch 56 X-954 24 Transmission oil pressure sensor 520 - with engine off
(CN3A) 2850 - with engine at idle
Ch 57 X-955 01 Crank detect input 12000 cranking in progress
(CN3B)
Ch 58 X-955 11 High flow pump not present input 0 - high flow pump present
(CN3B) 12000 high flow pump not present
Ch 59 X-955 12 F2 / R1 synchronizer position sensor 300 - 1200 - F2
(CN3B) 2050 - 2800 - Neutral
3550 - 4700 - R1
Ch 60 X-955 13 F1 / F3 synchronizer position sensor 300 - 1200 - F1
(CN3B) 2050 - 2800 - Neutral
3550 - 4700 - F3
Ch 61 X-955 14 F4 / R2 synchronizer position sensor 300 - 1200 - R2
(CN3B) 2050 - 2800 - Neutral
3550 - 4700 - F4
Ch 63 X-955 16 Left brake switch high 0 - pedal depressed
(CN3B) 12000 - pedal released
Ch 64 X-955 19 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) external 0 - switch not pressed
(CN3B) lower switch 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 65 X-955 20 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in 1000E position
(CN3B) (ESPTO) speed select switch - 1000E 12000 - switch in 1000E position
Ch 66 X-955 21 12V Power Take-Off (PTO) sense input 12000
(CN3B)
Ch 68 X-955 23 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in 1000 position
(CN3B) (ESPTO) speed select switch - 1000 12000 - switch in 1000 position
Ch 72 X-955 29 Front hitch external raise switch 0 - switch not pressed
(CN3B) 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 73 X-955 30 Front hitch external lower switch 0 - switch not pressed
(CN3B) 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 75 X-956 22 Exhaust brake switch 0 - exhaust brake not pressed
(CN4A) 12000 - exhaust brake pressed
Ch 81 X-957 13 Front hitch fender switch present input 0 - fender switch not fitted
(CN4B) 12000 - fender switch fitted
Ch 82 X-957 14 Air conditioning pressure switch 0 - Air conditioning pressure low
(CN4B) 12000 - Air conditioning pressure
high

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 492
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connector Pin Description Typical reading

number number
Ch 83 X-957 15 Front Power Take-Off (PTO) N/O 0 - switch in off position
(CN4B) (normally open) switch 12000 - switch in on position
Ch 84 X-955 16 Front Power Take-Off (PTO) N/C 0 - switch in on position
(CN4B) (normally closed) switch 12000 - switch in off position
Ch 85 X-957 17 Transmission oil temperature sensor 1645 @ 20 °C
(CN4B) 1724 @ 40 °C
1797 @ 60 °C
1865 @ 80 °C
Ch 86 X-957 21 Shuttle lever reverse switch 1525 - lever in rest position
(CN4B) 3415 - lever in reverse position
Ch 87 X-957 22 Shuttle lever forward switch 1525 - lever in rest position
(CN4B) 3415 - lever in forward position
Ch 91 X-957 30 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) rockshaft 550 - rear hitch fully lowered
(CN4B) position sensor 4200 - rear hitch fully raised
Ch 92 X-957 31 Front hitch position sensor 1200 - front hitch fully lowered
(CN4B) 4250 - front hitch fully raised
Ch 100 X-956 07 Clutch A solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN4A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 101 X-956 13 Clutch B solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN4A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 112 X-955 33 Dump solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) 1600 - when solenoid is on
Ch 113 X-955 07 Hydro solenoid current 380 - in N with engine at idle
(CN3B)
Ch 114 X-954 05 F1 synchronizer solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 115 X-955 05 F2 synchronizer solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 116 X-955 02 F3 synchronizer solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 117 X-954 14 F4 synchronizer solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 118 X-950 23 R1 synchronizer solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN1A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 119 X-950 25 R2 synchronizer solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN1A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 120 X-954 01 Brake lube solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3A) 1450 - when solenoid is on
Ch 121 X-951 29 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) raise 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN1B) solenoid current 1800 - 3000 - when solenoid is on
Ch 122 X-951 33 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) lower 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN1B) solenoid current 2250 - when solenoid is on
Ch 123 X-955 10 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) solenoid 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) current 580 - when solenoid is on
Ch 124 X-954 08 Front Power Take-Off (PTO) solenoid 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3A) current 1800 - when solenoid is on
Ch 125 X-954 25 Front suspension upper lockout current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3A) 700 - when solenoid is on
Ch 126 X-952 19 Front suspension lower lockout current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN2A) 700 - when solenoid is on
Ch 140 X-952 06 Autoguidance solenoid current -
(CN2A)
Ch 151 X-950 17 Ring speed sensor 1900 - when engine not running
(CN1A)
Ch 152 X-950 12 Transmission output speed sensor 1900 - when engine not running
(CN1A) number 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 493
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 494
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connector Pin Description Typical reading

number number
Ch 1 X-951 16 Parking brake switch 0 - Parking brake released
(CN1B) 12000 - Parking brake applied
Ch 6 X-951 15 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) enable 0 - EDC disabled
(CN1B) switch 12000 - EDC enabled
Ch 8 X-951 13 Foot throttle position 500 - pedal released
(CN1B) 4200 - pedal fully depressed
Ch 9 X-951 08 Airbrake pressure sensor 1 1000 - 4000
(CN1B) (Typically 3800 with engine running
and compressor working)
Ch 10 X-951 07 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) left draft 4200 - with no weight on rear hitch
(CN1B) load sensor
Ch 11 X-951 06 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) right 4200 - with no weight on rear hitch
(CN1B) draft load sensor
Ch 12 X-951 05 Radar present input 0 - radar disconnected
(CN1B) 12000 - radar connected
Ch 13 X-952 09 NASO lights input 0 - NASO lighting
(CN2A) 12000 - ISO lighting
Ch 14 X-952 10 Transmission oil temperature sensor 2710 @ 20 °C
(CN2A) 1914 @ 40 °C
1294 @ 60 °C
869 @ 80 °C
Ch 17 X-952 15 Right brake switch 0 - pedal depressed
(CN2A) 12000 - pedal released
Ch 18 X-952 16 Seat switch 1880 - operator in seat
(CN2A) 3500 - operator out of seat
Ch 19 X-952 17 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 0 - EHR disabled
(CN2A) enable switch 12000 - EHR enabled
Ch 21 X-956 17 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off Two Speed
(CN4A) (ESPTO) position sensor 3000 - 1000
1400 - 1000E / 540E
Four Speed
1050 - 1000
2070 - 1000E
3040 - 540E
3990 - 540
Ch 23 X-956 24 Creeper position sensor 1300 - creeper disengaged
(CN4A) 2700 - creep engaged
Ch 24 X-956 10 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) N/C 0 - switch pressed
(CN4A) (normally closed) fender switch 12000 - switch not pressed
Ch 25 X-956 18 Airbrake pressure sensor 2 1000 - 4000
(CN4A) (Typically 3800 with engine running
and compressor working)
Ch 26 X-956 12 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) brake 0 - switch pressed
(CN4A) switch 12000 - switch not pressed
Ch 27 X-956 25 Front suspension accelerometer 2000 - suspension at rest
(CN4A)
Ch 29 X-952 25 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) N/O 0 - switch not pressed
(CN2A) (normally open) fender switch 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 30 X-953 13 High flow pump present input 0 - link present
(CN2B) 12000 - link not present
Ch 31 X-953 14 Front suspension not pressure switch -
(CN2B)
Ch 32 X-953 15 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) N/O 0 - switch in off position
(CN2B) (normally open) switch 12000 - switch in on position
Ch 33 X-953 16 Left brake switch low 0 - 5000
(CN2B)

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 495
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connector Pin Description Typical reading

number number
Ch 34 X-953 19 Right brake switch low 0 - 5000
(CN2B)
Ch 35 X-953 20 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 0 - switch not pressed
(CN2B) 3 retract switch (on rear fender) 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 36 X-953 21 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) external 0 - switch not pressed
(CN2B) raise switch 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 37 X-953 22 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in 540E position
(CN2B) (ESPTO) speed select switch - 540E 12000 - switch in 540E position
Ch 38 X-953 23 Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) 0 - switch not pressed
(CN2B) 3 extend switch (on rear fender) 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 39 X-953 24 Foot throttle not at idle switch 0 - pedal released
(CN2B) 8000 - pedal depressed
Ch 40 X-953 27 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in 540 position
(CN2B) (ESPTO) speed select switch - 540 12000 - switch in 540 position
Ch 41 X-953 28 Shuttle lever neutral switch 1540 - button not pressed
(CN2B) 3400 - button pressed
Ch 42 X-953 29 Brake pressure left 540 - brake applied
(CN2B) 4500 - brake released
Ch 43 X-953 30 Shuttle lever forward / reverse switch 0 - lever in rest position
(CN2B) 3670 - lever in F or R
Ch 46 X-953 33 Brake pressure right 500 - brakes applied
(CN2B) 4500 - brakes released
Ch 47 X-954 09 Front suspension axle position sensor 950 - axle at lowest position
(CN3A) 3800 - axle at highest position
Ch 48 X-954 10 Clutch pedal position sensor 1350 - pedal fully depressed
(CN3A) 3800 - pedal released
Ch 49 X-954 11 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) N/C 0 - switch in on position
(CN3A) (normally closed) switch 12000 - switch in off position
Ch 50 X-954 12 Forward clutch pressure switch 0 - clutch not at pressure
(CN3A) 12000 - clutch at pressure
Ch 53 X-954 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch 0 - clutch not at pressure
(CN3A) 12000 - clutch at pressure
Ch 54 X-954 18 A clutch pressure sensor 530 - clutch disengaged
(CN3A) 2700 - clutch engaged
Ch 55 X-954 23 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in neutral position
(CN3A) (ESPTO) speed select switch - neutral 12000 - switch in neutral position
Ch 56 X-954 24 Transmission oil pressure sensor 520 - with engine off
(CN3A) 2850 - with engine at idle
Ch 57 X-955 01 Crank detect input 12000 cranking in progress
(CN3B)
Ch 58 X-955 11 High flow pump not present input 0 - high flow pump present
(CN3B) 12000 high flow pump not present
Ch 61 X-955 14 F4 / R2 synchronizer position sensor 300 - 1200 - R2
(CN3B) 2050 - 2800 - Neutral
3550 - 4700 - F4
Ch 63 X-955 16 Left brake switch high 0 - pedal depressed
(CN3B) 12000 - pedal released
Ch 64 X-955 19 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) external 0 - switch not pressed
(CN3B) lower switch 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 65 X-955 20 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in 1000E position
(CN3B) (ESPTO) speed select switch - 1000E 12000 - switch in 1000E position
Ch 66 X-955 21 12V Power Take-Off (PTO) sense input 12000
(CN3B)
Ch 68 X-955 23 Electronic Shiftable Power Take-Off 0 - switch not in 1000 position
(CN3B) (ESPTO) speed select switch - 1000 12000 - switch in 1000 position
Ch 72 X-955 29 Front hitch external raise switch 0 - switch not pressed
(CN3B) 12000 - switch pressed

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 496
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connector Pin Description Typical reading

number number
Ch 73 X-955 30 Front hitch external lower switch 0 - switch not pressed
(CN3B) 12000 - switch pressed
Ch 75 X-956 22 Exhaust brake switch 0 - exhaust brake not pressed
(CN4A) 12000 - exhaust brake pressed
Ch 81 X-957 13 Front hitch fender switch present input 0 - fender switch not fitted
(CN4B) 12000 - fender switch fitted
Ch 82 X-957 14 Air conditioning pressure switch 0 - Air conditioning pressure low
(CN4B) 12000 - Air conditioning pressure
high
Ch 83 X-957 15 Front Power Take-Off (PTO) N/O 0 - switch in off position
(CN4B) (normally open) switch 12000 - switch in on position
Ch 84 X-955 16 Front Power Take-Off (PTO) N/C 0 - switch in on position
(CN4B) (normally closed) switch 12000 - switch in off position
Ch 86 X-957 21 Shuttle lever reverse switch 1525 - lever in rest position
(CN4B) 3415 - lever in reverse position
Ch 87 X-957 22 Shuttle lever forward switch 1525 - lever in rest position
(CN4B) 3415 - lever in forward position
Ch 91 X-957 30 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) rockshaft 550 - rear hitch fully lowered
(CN4B) position sensor 4200 - rear hitch fully raised
Ch 92 X-957 31 Front hitch position sensor 1200 - front hitch fully lowered
(CN4B) 4250 - front hitch fully raised
Ch 100 X-956 07 Clutch A solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN4A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 101 X-956 13 Clutch B solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN4A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 102 X-954 05 Clutch C solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 103 X-955 02 Clutch D solenoid curent 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 104 X-955 05 Clutch E solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 105 X-954 14 Clutch low range solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 106 X-955 07 Clutch mid range solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 107 X-950 25 Clutch high range solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN1A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 108 X-950 23 Clutch reverse range solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN1A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 109 X-956 19 19th gear solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN4A) 750 - when solenoid is on
Ch 110 X-955 06 19th gear dump solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) 1730 - when solenoid is on
Ch 111 X-955 33 Creeper solenoid current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) 1730 - when solenoid is on
Ch 121 X-951 29 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) raise 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN1B) solenoid current 1800 - 3000 - when solenoid is on
Ch 122 X-951 33 Electronic Draft Control (EDC) lower 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN1B) solenoid current 2250 - when solenoid is on
Ch 123 X-955 10 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) solenoid 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3B) current 580 - when solenoid is on
Ch 124 X-954 08 Front Power Take-Off (PTO) solenoid 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3A) current 1800 - when solenoid is on
Ch 125 X-954 25 Front suspension upper lockout current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN3A) 700 - when solenoid is on
Ch 126 X-952 19 Front suspension lower lockout current 0 - when solenoid is off
(CN2A) 700 - when solenoid is on

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 497
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Connector Pin Description Typical reading

number number
Ch 140 X-952 06 Autoguidance solenoid current -
(CN2A)
Ch 153 X-950 18 Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) speed 3360 - when engine not running
(CN1A) sensor
Ch 154 X-950 15 Flywheel speed sensor 3360 - when engine not running
(CN1A)
Ch 157 X-950 10 Transmission output speed sensor 3360 - when engine not running
(CN1B)
Ch 158 X-950 02 Power Take-Off (PTO) torque sensor 3360 - when engine not running
(CN1B)
Ch 159 X-950 18 Mid speed sensor 3360 - when engine not running
(CN1B)
Ch 170 Via CAN - Brake circuit pressure sensor P4 0 - 750 kPa
Ch 171 Via CAN - Brake circuit pressure sensor P1 0 - 750 kPa
Ch 172 Via CAN - Brake circuit pressure sensor P21 0 - 750 kPa
Ch 173 Via CAN - Brake circuit pressure sensor P22 0 - 750 kPa
Ch 174 Via CAN - Brake circuit pressure sensor P2 0 - 750 kPa
Ch 175 Via CAN - Longitudinal acceleration sensor 125 - with vehicle stationary on flat
surface
Ch 200 X-950 20 12VPS (unswitched) 12000
(CN1A)
Ch 201 X-950 14 12VA 12000
(CN1A)
Ch 202 X-950 26 12VB 12000
(CN1A)
Ch 203 X-953 03/04 12VD 12000
(CN2B)
Ch 204 X-951 26/27 12VF1 12000
(CN1B)
Ch 205 X-956 01/08 12VF2 0 - when transmission in neutral
(CN4A) 12000 - when transmission in gear
Ch 206 X-953 09/17 12VF3 12000
(CN2B)
Ch 207 X-952(CN2 07/13 12VH 12000
A)
Ch 208 X-952 02/03 12VH1 12000
(CN2A)
Ch 209 X-951 31/32 12VM 12000
(CN1B)
Ch 210 X-957 02 12VR 12000
(CN4B)
Ch 211 X-955 08/09 12VS1 12000
(CN3B)
Ch 212 X-955 03 12VS2 12000
(CN3B)
Ch 213 X-954 07/13 12VT1 12000
(CN3A)
Ch 214 X-954 21 12VU1 12000
(CN3A)
Ch 215 X-954 02/03 12VU2 12000
(CN3A)
Ch 216 X-950 06 8V5REF 8500
(CN1A)
Ch 217 X-950 08 5VREF1 5000
(CN1A)

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 498
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 499
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures

T7. AutoCommand™ Tier 4B NA

The Universal controller (U1) is used to calibrate the

following components:
• CVT Transmission
• EDC
• Steering Sensor
• Front Suspension
• Rear EHR
• Front Hitch

H1 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL13TR00656FA 1

CVT Transmission Calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required when either a new control module has been fitted or if the previous calibration has
been erased using the `H8` procedure.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration the transmission oil temperature must be between
60 - 95 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C

NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning (if equipped) is switched off and all electrical hydraulic applications are
deselected.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 500
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

NOTE: If a four-digit number starting with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
There are two methods of entering the calibration
mode:
• Quick entry - Depress and hold both the range in-
crease and range decrease switches on the Multi-
Function Handle (MFH) while starting the engine.
• HH menu entry - Using the diagnostic connector
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH menus.

Quick Entry
Depress and hold both the range increase and range
decrease switches while starting the engine.

BAIL09CCM063AVB 2

Go to Calibration Method.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 501
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

HH Menu Entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 3

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
transmission symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT014AVC 4

Go to Calibration Method.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 502
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Calibration Method
The system being calibrated will be shown on the clus-
ter and the oil temperature in Celcius will be shown on
the lower central display.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 5

Press the clutch pedal, place the shuttle lever into for-
ward and release the clutch pedal.
Pressing the forward (1), or reverse (2), button will
change the display to show the transmission oil tem-
perature. If "U19" is displayed the oil will need to be
warmed before calibration can proceed. If the start
up procedure was incorrect this will also cause a "U"
code to be displayed and prevent the calibration from
proceeding.

BAIL09CCM064AVC 6

If "CL" is displayed this indicates that the oil temper-

ature is between 10 - 60 °C, if "CH" is displayed this
indicates that the oil temperature is above 95 °C. After
a few seconds the display will return to oil temperature
and the tractor may be operated to obtain the correct
transmission oil temperature. If necessary it is possible
to proceed with calibration at this point by pressing ei-
ther the forward or reverse button while "CL" or "CH" is
being displayed. The display will then show "Syn" and
calibration can proceed.
NOTE: If an unlikely value of oil temperature is displayed
eg: -30 °C or 125 °C, this may indicate a fault with the tem-
perature sender. BAIL09CVT770AVA 7

There are two methods of calibrating the CVT transmis-

sion. The entire sequence can be automated or each
item can be calibrated manually.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 503
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Transmission Automatic Calibration

Automatic calibration procedure.
• When the display is showing "Syn" press and re-
lease the "Accel/shuttle" speed button on the arm-
rest control panel to start the automatic calibration
procedure.
• In turn, the synchronisers, flywheel torque, PTO twist
and clutches A and B will be calibrated.
• When the procedure is complete the display will re-
turn to show 'End'.
NOTE: If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the se-
quence is stopped and the relevant code is displayed.
BAIL13TR00658AA 8

Transmission Manual Calibration

Manual calibration procedure
• When the display is showing "Syn" use the forward
button to scroll through and select the item to be
calibrated:-
• 'Syn' - Synchroniser Calibration
• 'dt' - Flywheel torque calibration
• 'Pt' - PTO twist calibration
• 'A' - Clutch A calibration
• 'b' - Clutch B calibration

BAIL09CVT771AVA 9

To calibrate the synchronisers press and hold the re-

verse button on the hand controller while 'Syn' is dis-
played. The engine will automatically be set to 1100 -
1300 RPM.
The display will show 'S F2' while calibrating the F2 syn-
chroniser then show the calibration value for 2 seconds
when the synchroniser is checked.
The display will then show 'S r1', while calibrating the
`R1` synchroniser then show the calibration value for 2
seconds when the synchroniser is checked.
On completion of the synchroniser calibration the en-
gine speed will return to idle and the reverse button
can be released. The display will change to show 'dt'
in preparation for calibration of the flywheel torque. BAIL10CVT165AVA 10

To calibrate the flywheel torque, press and hold the re-

verse button on the hand controller while the display is
showing 'dt'. The display will continue to show 'dt' while
calibration is in progress. The engine speed will rise to
2000 RPM and return to idle twice during the procedure
. Once complete the display will show the calibrated
torque value and the reverse button can be released.
The display will change to show Pt in preparation for
the calibration of the PTO twist.

BAIL09CVT773AVA 11

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 504
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

To calibrate the PTO twist, press and hold the reverse

button on the hand controller while the display is show-
ing 'Pt'. The display will continue to show 'Pt' while cal-
ibration is in progress. Once complete the display will
show the calibrated twist value and the reverse button
can be released. The display will change to show `A`
in preparation for the calibration of clutch `A`.

BAIL09CVT774AVA 12

To calibrate Clutch A, press and hold the reverse but-

ton on the hand controller while the display is show-
ing 'A'. The engine will automatically be set to 1100 -
1300 RPM. The display will show the solenoid current
value during the procedure. On completion of calibra-
tion the display will show the calibrated current value
for several seconds, the engine speed will return to idle
and the reverse button can be released. The display
will change to show `b` in preparation for the calibration
of clutch `B`.

BAIL10CVT166AVA 13

To calibrate Clutch B, press and hold the reverse but-

ton on the hand controller while the display is show-
ing 'b'. The engine will automatically be set to 1100 -
1300 RPM. The display will show the solenoid current
value during the procedure. On completion of calibra-
tion the display will show the calibrated current value
for several seconds, the engine speed will return to idle
and the reverse button can be released. The display
will change to show `Syn`.

BAIL10CVT167AVA 14

Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration

values.

NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, handbrake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly mon-
itored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor is stationary and the clutch pedal released.
NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 505
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Code Description Possible Failure
U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch 1) Engine lugged down too soon. Possible PWM valve faulty or
calibration a mechanical fault within the transmission
U17 Seat switch not activated 1) Operator not in seat
2) Open circuit for the seat switch input to the transmission
module
3) Faulty seat switch
4) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the seat switch
is connected
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to module
2) Faulty temperature sensor
3) Incorrect temperature sensor type set in transmission, H3,
channel 7
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the tem-
perature sensor input is OK
U20 Handbrake is not set 1) Open circuit for the handbrake feed into the transmission
module
2) Faulty handbrake switch
3) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the handbrake
is connected
U21 ERPM is below 1100, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
2) Instrument cluster is not powered
3) Broken CAN
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the engine
speed is being detected
U22 ERPM is above 1300, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to 1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle lever
forward 2) Open circuit between the shuttle lever and the transmission
module
3) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the switch is
connected
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch 1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
pedal 2) The clutch potentiometer / linkage is sticking or broken
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U31 Wheel speed sensed - tractor moving 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
NOTE: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle forward slightly and
repeat calibration
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value 1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault2)
ECU high side driver power supply failure - check fuses on ECU
12V supplies
U51 Engine speed error 1) Engine speed must be between 850 and 950 rpm
2) CAN bus error
U55 PTO started 1) The PTO was started during the PTO twist sensor calibration,
ensure the PTO is turned off
U58 PTO sensor open circuit Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U59 PTO sensor short circuit to ground Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U70 PTO twist sensor not calibrated Calibration value was too high or too low

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 506
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Code Description Possible Failure

U75 Quick fill calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem (on clutch solenoid)
2) Clutch solenoid damaged
3) Clutch mechanical problem
U76 Quick fill calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem (on clutch solenoid)
2) Clutch solenoid damaged
3) Clutch mechanical problem
U77 Damper calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U78 Damper calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U79 PTO twist sensor not plausible 1) Sensor damaged or incorrectly installed
U95 Syncro potentiometer signal is out of 1) Wiring problem on synchronizer solenoids or potentiometer
range for F2 position 2) Potentiometer damaged
3) Mechanical problem on driveline
U96 Syncro potentiometer signal is out of 1) Wiring problem on synchronizer solenoids or potentiometer
range for R1 position 2) Potentiometer damaged
3) Mechanical problem on driveline
U97 F2 did not engage properly 1) Wiring problem on synchronizer potentiometer
2) Synchronizer potentiometer damaged
3) Clutch B or dump valve problem (electrical, hydraulic or
mechanical)
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U98 R1 did not engage properly 1) Wiring problem on synchronizer potentiometer
2) Synchronizer potentiometer damaged
3) Clutch B or dump valve problem (electrical, hydraulic or
mechanical)
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U104 F2/R1 wrong neutral position 1) Wiring problem
2) Potentiometer damaged
3) Mechanical problem on driveline
U107 Clutch not working 1) Wiring problem
2) Potentiometer damaged
3) Mechanical problem on driveline
U108 Damper torque not readable 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Damper not calibrated
U109 Hydro not in position 1) Wiring problem (on hydro–in or hydro–out sensors)
2) Sensor damaged (hydro–in or hydro–out)
3) Low pressure on hydraulic circuit
4) Mechanical problem

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 507
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

EDC Position Sensor Calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required, prior to calibration of the EDC valve. If fault code 1024 is displayed the position
sensor calibration has not been carried out.
NOTE: This procedure must be carried out if the previous calibration has been erased using the “H8” procedure.
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
Remove any load from the rear hitch.
Disconnect the 'Automatic Pick Up Hitch' (APUH) lift
rods, if fitted.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 15

Make sure that the correct EDC ram size has been set
(otherwise fault code 1070 will be displayed), for fur-
ther information see Electronic module Central Con-
trol Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options
(55.640).
Make sure the height limit control is in the fully clockwise
position. Fault code 1068 will be displayed if the control
is not fully clockwise.

BAIL09CCM067AVA 16

The calibration sequence:

control lever on the armrest.

Fully raise and then lower the hitch using the position
control lever on the armrest.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 508
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition off to store the calibration value.

Connect the APUH rods if fitted.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 18

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 509
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

EDC Valve Calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required when either new EDC valves or EDC control module are fitted or if the previous
calibration has been erased using the 'H8' procedure.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
Disconnect all implements from the rear hitch.
Lower the linkage using the position control lever and
connect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the lift
arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450 -
3400 lbs) are recommended.
Key OFF.
Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.

BAIL09CCM071AVA 19

There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:

1. Quick entry - Press and hold the EDC fast lower
switch on the hand controller whilst starting the engine.
2. HH menu entry - Using the diagnostic connector
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH menu.

Quick Entry
Press and hold the EDC fast lower switch on the MFH
whilst starting the engine.

BAIL09CCM072AVA 20

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 510
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The system being calibrated will be shown on the clus-

ter and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.

BAIL10CVT092AVB 21

Go to Calibration Method.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 511
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

HH Menu Entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 22

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
EDC symbol on the IU controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL10CVT092AVB 23

Go to Calibration Method.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 512
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Calibration Method
Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM, with no no-
ticeable hunting or surging.
Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to
start the calibration sequence.
NOTE: The lower central display will change from "CAL" to
"0" to indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the
linkage is automatically raised and lowered a small amount
3 times, within 2-3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from '0' to '2'.

BAIL09CCM079AVA 24

When the lower central display shows "End" the cali-

bration is complete.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 25

Lower the linkage using the position control lever.

Key OFF to store the calibration values.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Electronic Draft Control Calibration 'U' Error Codes

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 513
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Steering Sensor Calibration

BAIL07APH189AVA 26

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
Difflock symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL10CVT273AVA 27

Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 seconds.

BAIL10CVT274AVA 28

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 514
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will display "ScP" followed by

BAIL13TR00659AA 29

Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in

line with the drive line.
Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 seconds
to confirm the steering angle position.

BAIL10CVT274AVA 30

The lower central display will show the calibrated steer-

ing sensor value and then "End" to indicate the calibra-
tion procedure has been completed.

BAIL13TR00660AA 31

Key OFF to store the calibration values.

NOTE: There are no 'U' codes available for this calibration
procedure.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 515
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Suspended Front Axle Calibrate

NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Disconnect all implements
and set the shuttle lever to neutral. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Dependent on the failure, the Automatic Calibration procedure may have to be repeated two or three times to
vent all the air out of the hydraulics.
NOTE: On a new module or following a H8, clear module settings procedure, the front suspension is defaulted to 'Not
enabled'. The suspension needs to be enabled in the H3 menu mode otherwise the suspension will not calibrate.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket (1) and start the engine.

BAIL07APH189AVA 32

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT275AVA 33

Set the engine speed to 1200 rev/min.

BAIL09HHP270AVA 34

The ACP will activate the load levelling valve for 10 sec-
onds, at the same time the axle height position will be
displayed by a three figure number on the instrument
cluster (0-999).

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 516
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

BAIL08CVT315 35

The ACP will activate the raise and unload levelling

valves until the front axle reaches the nominal position.
The lower central display will show "END" when the
ACP has finished.
All components of the suspension system are now cal-
ibrated.
Set engine to low idle and key OFF to store the calibra-
tion values.

Front Suspension Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Code Description Possible Failure
U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If less than 240 then replace the potentiometer
U02 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Check the potentiometer installation
higher than set limit 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If greater than 4840 then check the potentiometer
3) Check the wiring harness to the potentiometer, check that it is
receiving power, it is grounded and that he signal power is not
shorted to power
U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check if signal ground on potentiometer is open circuit
3) Change the potentiometer
U04 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Change the potentiometer
lower than set limit
U05 Suspension is not reaching its 1) Check the range of the potentiometer, calibration will not work
minimum / maximum position during if the range of the potentiometer is less than 150
ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 517
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Code Description Possible Failure

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 518
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear EHR Calibration

BAIL07APH189AVA 36

Disconnect all implements from the rear remotes.

Make sure that all EHR program switches are switched
OFF.
Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 on the U1
controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL10CVT277AVA 37

Press and hold the program switch (1), for lever No.1
for at least 2 seconds until the display changes.

BAIL09CCM073AVA 38

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 519
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The calibration will proceed, the program lamp for EHR

1 will be illuminated and the lower central display will
show "1".
When the neutral position has been acquired and
stored, the program lamp is turned off and the lower
central display will show "2".

BAIL06CCM628AVA 39

While "2" is displayed, move the lever to the raise posi-

BAIL09CCM074AVA 40

While "3" is displayed, move the lever to the full flow

BAIL09CCM075AVA 41

While "4" is displayed move the lever to the float posi-

BAIL09CCM076AVA 42

To calibrate the remaining EHR levers (2 to 4), repeat

the previous 5 steps for each lever.
Key OFF to store the calibration values.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 520
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

NOTE: If a lever is not calibrated the program lamp is switched on regardless of the program switch state.
NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Code Description Possible Failure
U61 Lever No.1 not in neutral –
U62 Lever No.2 not in neutral –
U63 Lever No.3 not in neutral –
U64 Lever No.4 not in neutral –

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 521
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front Hitch Calibration

NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Check that the ground speed
display is zero before commencing. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor is stationary.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket (1).

BAIL07APH189AVA 43

Vehicles without front hitch management:

• Turn the height set control to the OFF position.
Vehicles with front hitch management:
• Set the front hitch drop rate to the 0 % position.
Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
front hitch symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL15TR01394AA 44

Turn the height set control to the ON position and then

back to the OFF position.
The display will change to "FHc" for 2 seconds and the
current potentiometer position will show on the lower
central display.

BAIL10CVT133AVA 45

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 522
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Lower the front hitch to it's lowest position.

When the end stop is reached, turn the height set con-
trol to the ON (1) position and then back to the OFF (2)
position.

BAIL09CCM070AVA 46

The bottom value position is recorded and displayed in

BAIL09CCM070AVA 47

The top value position is recorded and displayed in the

lower central display for 2 seconds.
The display will then show "End" to indicate that the
calibration process has been completed successfully.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 48

Key OFF to store the calibration values.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Front Hitch Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Code Description Possible Failure
U110 Position potentiometer value too low Hitch was not raised before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not raised from ON to OFF position
U111 Position potentiometer value too high Hitch was not lowered before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not lowered from ON to OFF position

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 523
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures

T7.175 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
T7.190 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
T7.210 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission

The Universal controller (U1) is used to calibrate the

following components:
• Semi-Power Shift (SPS) transmission
• Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• Steering sensor
• Front suspension
• Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR)
• Front hitch

H1 menu screen select diagram

BAIL14TR00361FA 1

Semi Powershift (SPS) transmission calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required when either a new control module has been fitted or if the previous calibration has
been erased using the `H8` procedure.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchronizer calibration the transmission oil must be at the correct tempera-
ture, this can be checked using the H9 menu.
The Semi powershift transmission should be calibrated when the transmission oil temperature is between 60 - 105 °C.
NOTE: In addition to calibrating the transmission clutches, this procedure also allow the flywheel twist sensor and
PTO twist sensor to be calibrated.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 524
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Quick entry
Press and hold the upshift and downshift buttons on the
Multi-Function Handle (MFH) while starting the engine.

BAIL09CCM077AVA 2

Go to Calibration Method.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 525
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

HH menu entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 3

Start the engine

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
transmission symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT014AVC 4

Go to Calibration Method.

Calibration method
Upon entering the calibration mode the engine speed
will automatically be set to the correct speed required
for the calibration procedure 1100 - 1300 RPM and the
oil temperature in Celcius will be shown on the lower
central display.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 5

NOTE: If an unlikely value of oil temperature is displayed eg: -30 °C or 125 °C, this may indicate a fault with the
temperature sender.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 526
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Place the shuttle lever into the forward position and re-
lease the clutch pedal.

BAIL06CCM610AVA 6

Pressing the upshift and downshift buttons will change

BAIL09CCM077AVA 7

If "CL" is displayed this indicates that the oil tempera-

There are two methods of calibrating the SPS transmis-

sion. Each item can be calibrated manually or the entire
sequence can be automated.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 527
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Manual transmission calibration

When the display is showing "dt" press and hold the
downshift button to calibrate the flywheel twist sensor.
When the flywheel twist sensor has been calibrated, the
display will alternate between "dt" and the calibration
value.

BAIL09CVT773AVA 9

Release the downshift button. The display will change

to show "Pt" for PTO twist calibration. Press and hold
the downshift button to calibrate the PTO twist sensor.
When the PTO twist sensor has been calibrated, the
display will alternate between "Pt" and the calibration
value.

BAIL09CVT774AVA 10

Release the downshift button. The display will change

to show "A" indicating that clutch A is ready for calibra-
tion. Press and hold the downshift button. During the
calibration process, the changing calibration value will
be shown on the display. When clutch A has been cal-
ibrated, the display will alternate between "A" and the
calibration value.

BAIL10CVT166AVA 11

Release the downshift button. The display will change

to show "B" indicating that clutch B is ready for calibra-
tion.

BAIL10CVT167AVB 12

Repeat steps the previous two steps for clutches B, C,

D, E and 19 (50 kph transmission only).

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 528
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After the final clutch has been calibrated, the display will
show "F" indicating that the synchronizer middle posi-
tion can be calibrated. Press and hold the downshift
button to calibrate the synchronizer middle position.

BAIL11APH226AVA 13

Repeatedly depressing the upshift button will cycle

through each clutch. This enables a particular sensor
or clutch to be calibrated several times if required or
the calibration of a particular sensor or clutch to be
omitted.
When the procedure is completed and all the clutches
have been calibrated. "End" will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 14

Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration

values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
See the "U" code listing in the table below.
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.

Automated transmission calibration

When the display shows "dt" press the "m" button on
the instrument cluster to start the automatic calibration
sequence.

BAIL09CVT773AVA 15

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 529
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The flywheel twist sensor, PTO twist sensor and trans-

mission clutches will be calibrated one by one without
the need to keep the downshift button.
When the procedure is completed and all the clutches
have been calibrated. "End" will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 16

If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the sequence

is stopped and the relevant code displayed. Press the
auto function button or the upshift or downshift button
to clear the error.
Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration
values.
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.

Creeper calibration
The creeper is calibrated by engaging and then disen-
gaging the creeper using the creeper switch.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Semi Power Shift transmission (SPS) calibration 'U' error codes

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 530
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Code Description Possible Failure

U21 ERPM is below 1100, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
Open circuit for the engine speed sensor going to the cluster -
Mech engines only
2) Instrument cluster is not powered
3) Broken CAN
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the engine
speed is being detected
U22 ERPM is above 1300, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to 1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle lever
forward 2) Open circuit between the shuttle lever and the transmission
module
3) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the switch is
connected
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch 1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
pedal 2) The clutch potentiometer / linkage is sticking or broken
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U31 Wheel speed sensed - tractor moving 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
NOTE: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle forward slightly and
repeat calibration
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value 1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault2)
ECU high side driver power supply failure - check fuses on ECU
12V supplies
U47 19th gear solenoid not found 1)
U48 No mid / reverse range sycnhronizer 1)
movement sensed
U49 No low / high range sycnhronizer 1) Faulty sycnhronizer potentiometer or linkage
movement sensed 2) Faulty or sticking synchronizer solenoid
3) Internal leakage within the transmission
U50 synchronizer potentiometer 1)
connectors swapped
U51 Engine speed error 1) Engine speed must be between 850 and 950 rpm
2) CAN bus error
U55 PTO started 1) The PTO was started during the PTO twist sensor calibration,
ensure the PTO is turned off
U58 PTO sensor open circuit Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U59 PTO sensor short circuit to ground Wiring or connectors to PTO twist sensor
U77 Damper calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U78 Damper calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
U79 PTO twist sensor not plausible 1) Sensor damaged or incorrectly installed
U84 Reverse and high synchronizer 1) Incorrect installation, check connectors
solenoid connectors swapped
U85 Mid and low synchronizer solenoid 1) Incorrect installation, check connectors
connectors swapped
U86 Mid / reverse range synchronizer
neutral error

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 531
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Code Description Possible Failure

U87 Low / high range synchronizer neutral 1) Faulty synchronizer potentiometer or linkage
error 2) Mechanical fault with the transmission
U88 Mid / reverse range synchronizer 1)
calibration values out of tolerance
U89 Low / high range synchronizer 1) Faulty potentiometer or linkage
calibration values out of tolerance

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 532
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) position sensor calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required, prior to calibration of the EDC valve. If fault code 1024 is displayed the position
sensor calibration has not been carried out.
NOTE: This procedure must be carried out if the previous calibration has been erased using the “H8” procedure.
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
Remove any load from the rear hitch.
Disconnect the 'Automatic Pick Up Hitch' (APUH) lift
rods, if fitted.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 17

BAIL09CCM067AVA 18

The calibration sequence:

control lever on the armrest.

Fully raise and then lower the hitch using the position
control lever on the armrest.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 533
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to store the calibration

value.
Connect the APUH rods if fitted.

BAIL08CVT015AVA 20

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 534
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) valve calibration

BAIL09CCM071AVA 21

There are two methods of entering the calibration

mode:
• Quick call-up.
• Call-up via the HH menu.

Quick entry
Press and hold the EDC fast lower switch on the MFH
whilst starting the engine.

BAIL09CCM072AVA 22

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 535
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The system being calibrated will be shown on the clus-

ter and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.

BAIL10CVT092AVB 23

The system being calibrated will be shown on the clus-

ter and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.

BAIL10CVT092AVB 24

Go to Calibration Method.

HH menu entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 25

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
EDC symbol on the IU controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL10CVT092AVB 26

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 536
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Go to Calibration Method.

BAIL09CCM079AVA 27

When the lower central display shows "End" the cali-

bration is complete.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 28

Lower the linkage using the position control lever.

Key OFF to store the calibration values.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) calibration 'U' error codes

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 537
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Steering sensor calibration

BAIL07APH189AVA 29

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
Difflock symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL10CVT273AVA 30

Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 seconds.

BAIL10CVT274AVA 31

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 538
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will display "ScP" followed by

BAIL09CCM061AVA 32

Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in

line with the drive line.
Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 seconds
to confirm the steering angle position.

BAIL10CVT274AVA 33

The lower central display will show the calibrated steer-

ing sensor value and then "End" to indicate the calibra-
tion procedure has been completed.

BAIL09CCM062AVA 34

Key OFF to store the calibration values.

NOTE: There are no 'U' codes available for this calibration
procedure.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 539
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Suspended front axle calibrate

NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Disconnect all implements
and set the shuttle lever to neutral. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Dependent on the failure, the Automatic Calibration procedure may have to be repeated two or three times to
vent all the air out of the hydraulics.
NOTE: On a new module or following a H8, clear module settings procedure, the front suspension is defaulted to 'Not
enabled'. The suspension needs to be enabled in the H3 menu mode otherwise the suspension will not calibrate.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket and start the engine.

BAIL07APH189AVA 35

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT275AVA 36

Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM.

BAIL09HHP270AVA 37

The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve for 10

seconds, at the same time the axle height position will
be displayed by a three figure number on the instrument
cluster (0-999).

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 540
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

BAIL08CVT315 38

The ACP will activate the raise and unload levelling

valves until the front axle reaches the nominal position.
The lower central display will show "End" when the ACP
has finished.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 39

All components of the suspension system are now cal-

ibrated.
Set engine to low idle and key OFF to store the calibra-
tion values.

Front suspension calibration 'U' error codes

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 541
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Code Description Possible Failure

U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check if signal ground on potentiometer is open circuit
3) Change the potentiometer
U04 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Change the potentiometer
lower than set limit
U05 Suspension is not reaching its 1) Check the range of the potentiometer, calibration will not work
minimum / maximum position during if the range of the potentiometer is less than 150
ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage
U07 Suspension is stationary during the 1) Check the raise solenoid harness
raise command in the ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage
4) Check the pressure of the accumulators
5) Check the hydraulic pressure
6) Disconnect implement
U08 Suspension unable to reach maximum 1) Check the raise valve installation
height within 20 seconds 2) Check the unload solenoid installation
3) Check the suspension mechanics
4) Check the hydraulic pressure
5) Disconnect implement
U09 Suspension is stationary during 1) Check the unload solenoid harness
the lowering command in the ACP 2) Check the suspension mechanics
procedure 3) Check the potentiometer linkage
4) Check the hydraulic pressure
5) Disconnect implement
U10 Suspension unable to reach minimum 1) Check unload solenoid installation
height within 25 seconds 2) Check the hydraulic pressure
3) Disconnect implement
U11 Unable to calibrate suspension 1) The lockout switch was pressed more than 3 times to initiate
calibration
2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the hydraulic pressure
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Rear axle speed sensor faulty
U19 Insufficient potentiometer range for 1) Incorrect adjustment of front axle position potentiometer
optimal suspension performance linkage

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 542
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) calibration

BAIL07APH189AVA 40

Disconnect all implements from the rear remotes.

BAIL10CVT277AVA 41

Press and hold the program switch (1), for lever No.1
for at least 2 seconds until the display changes.

BAIL09CCM073AVA 42

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 543
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The calibration will proceed, the program lamp for EHR

1 will be illuminated and the lower central display will
show "1".
When the neutral position has been acquired and
stored, the program lamp is turned off and the lower
central display will show "2".

BAIL06CCM628AVA 43

While "2" is displayed, move the lever to the raise posi-

BAIL09CCM074AVA 44

While "3" is displayed, move the lever to the full flow

BAIL09CCM075AVA 45

While "4" is displayed move the lever to the float posi-

BAIL09CCM076AVA 46

To calibrate the remaining EHR levers (2 to 4), repeat

the above 5 steps for each lever.
Key OFF to store the calibration values.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 544
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) calibration 'U' error codes
Code Description Possible Failure
U61 Lever No.1 not in neutral –
U62 Lever No.2 not in neutral –
U63 Lever No.3 not in neutral –
U64 Lever No.4 not in neutral –

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 545
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front hitch calibration

NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels, front and rear. Check that the ground speed
display is zero before commencing. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor is stationary.
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 47

Turn the height set control to the OFF position.

Use the "h" "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H1 and the
front hitch symbol on the U1 controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".

BAIL13TR01177AA 48

Turn the height set control to the ON position and then

back to the OFF position.
The display will change to "FHc" for 2 seconds and the
current potentiometer position will show on the lower
central display.

BAIL10CVT133AVA 49

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 546
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Lower the front hitch to it's lowest position.

When the end stop is reached, turn the height set con-
trol to the ON (1) position and then back to the OFF (2)
position.

BAIL09CCM070AVA 50

The bottom value position is recorded and displayed in

BAIL09CCM070AVA 51

The top value position is recorded and displayed in the

lower central display for 2 seconds.
The display will then show "End" to indicate that the
calibration process has been completed successfully.

BAIL06CCM613AVA 52

Key OFF to store the calibration values.

NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.

Front hitch calibration 'U' error codes

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 547
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration

values
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

The Universal controller (U1) is used to view stored

calibration values for the following components:
• Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
• Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• Rear Power Take Off (PTO)
• Steering sensor
• Front suspension
• Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR)
• Front hitch

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 548
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

H2 menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT011FVD 1

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
transmission symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT014AVB 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 549
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

BAIL13TR00663AA 4

Channel Number Calibration Parameter Typical Values

Ch 1 A clutch calibration current and temperature 200 - 400 mA @ 10 - 130 °C
Ch 2 B clutch calibration current and temperature 200 - 400 mA @ 10 - 130 °C
Ch 3 F2 synchronizer position potentiometer calibration 490 to 2000
value
Ch 4 R1 synchronizer position potentiometer calibration 3420 to 4510
value
Ch 5 Flywheel damper calibration value 0 to 150
Ch 6 PTO twist calibration value 4400 to 13600

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 550
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
EDC symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT016AVB 5

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 6

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After the displaying the channel number, the stored cal-
ibration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the
table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description Display Value Range

Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R 20 to 80
value
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L 20 to 80
value

NOTE: The default calibration values, set during the H8 procedure, are 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 551
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Power Take Off (PTO) calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
PTO symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL11CVT656AVA 7

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 8

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After the displaying the channel number, the stored cal-
ibration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the
tables below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Calibration Parameter Typical Values

Ch 1 Rear PTO Temperature dependent
Ch 2 Rear PTO solenoid calibration value 100 to 420
Ch 3 Rear PTO clutch quick fill value 3 to 25

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 552
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Steering sensor calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
difflock symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT015AVB 9

The lower central display will show "ch 1".

BAIL09CVT634AVA 10

After a delay the stored calibration will be displayed, (re-

fer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description Value Range

Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 7000 to 10000

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 553
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front suspension calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT059AVB 11

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 12

1. The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibra-
tion value for that channel is shown, (refer to the table
below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Item Value Range

Ch 1 Front axle upper limit 2500 to 4740
Ch 2 Front axle lower limit 730 to 2500

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 554
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
rear EHR symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT057AVB 13

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 14

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibra-
tion value for each lever position is displayed, (refer to
the table below for a description of each channel).

BAIL09HHP097AVA 15

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 555
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Number Item Display Value Range

Neutral position nxxx 520 to 560
Float position Fxxx 0 to 120
Ch 4 Lever number 4
Lower position Lxxx 890 to 930
Raise position rxxx 160 to 220

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 556
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front hitch calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
rear front hitch symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL13TR00693AA 16

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 17

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibra-
tion value for that channel is displayed, (refer to the ta-
ble below for a description of each channel).

Channel number Item Value Range

Ch 1 Front hitch upper limit 3421 to 4700
Ch 2 Front hitch lower limit 200 to 1955

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 557
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration

values
T7.175 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
T7.190 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
T7.210 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission

The Universal controller (U1) is used to view stored

calibration values for the following components:
• Semi Powershift (SPS) transmission
• Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• Rear Power Take Off (PTO)
• Steering sensor
• Front suspension
• Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR)
• Front hitch

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 558
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

H2 menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT011FVD 1

Semi Powershift (SPS) transmission calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
transmission symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT014AVB 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 559
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

BAIL10CVT282AVB 4

Channel Number Calibration Parameter

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 560
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) valve calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
EDC symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT016AVB 5

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 6

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After the displaying the channel number, the stored cal-
ibration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the
table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description Display Value Range

Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 561
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Power Take Off (PTO)

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
PTO symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL11CVT656AVA 7

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 8

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After the displaying the channel number, the stored cal-
ibration value for that channel is shown, (refer to the
tables below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Calibration Parameter Typical Values

Ch 1 Rear PTO Temperature dependent
Ch 2 Rear PTO solenoid calibration value 100 to 420
Ch 3 Rear PTO clutch quick fill value 3 to 25

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 562
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Steering sensor calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
difflock symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT015AVB 9

The lower central display will show "ch 1".

BAIL09CVT634AVA 10

After a delay the stored calibration will be displayed, (re-

fer to the table below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description Value Range

Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 7000 to 10000

NOTE: Following the H8 procedure, the calibration value for the steering sensor will be set to its default value of
12287.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 563
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front suspension calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT059AVB 11

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 12

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibra-
tion value for that channel is shown, (refer to the table
below for a description of each channel).

Channel Number Item Value Range

Ch 1 Front axle potentiometer upper limit 2500 to 4740
Ch 2 Front axle potentiometer lower limit 730 to 2500

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 564
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
rear EHR symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT057AVB 13

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 14

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibra-
tion value for each lever position is displayed, (refer to
the table below for a description of each channel).

BAIL09HHP097AVA 15

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 565
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel Number Item Display Value Range

Neutral position nxxx 520 to 560
Float position Fxxx 0 to 20
Ch 4 Lever number 4
Raise position rxxx 160 to 220
Lower position Lxxx 890 to 930

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 566
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front hitch calibration values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
rear front hitch symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT060AVB 16

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 17

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After displaying the channel number, the stored calibra-
tion value for that channel is displayed, (refer to the ta-
ble below for a description of each channel).

Channel number Item Value Range

Ch 1 Front hitch potentiometer upper limit 3421 to 4700
Ch 2 Front hitch potentiometer lower limit 200 to 1955

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 567
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and

options
T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

The Universal controller (U1) is used to select the op-

tions and configurations for:
• Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
• Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• Electronic engine
• Differential lock and four wheel drive
• Rear Power Take Off (PTO)
• Front Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR)
• Front suspension
• Front Power Take Off (PTO)
• Front hitch
• Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR)
• Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)

H3 menu screen select diagram

BAIL13TR00664FA 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 568
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) options and configurations

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
transmission symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT018AVB 2

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Description
Ch 1 Not used
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 40 km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 4 Tyre radius
Ch 5 Clutch A quick fill value
Ch 6 Clutch B quick fill value

Channel 1 - Not used

This channel is not used and "- — — " will be displayed.

Channel 2 - Not used

This channel is not used and "- — — " will be displayed.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 569
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 3 - 40 km/h maximum speed restriction

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM502AVA 4

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "Yes".

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Restricted to 40 km/h
"no" - Unrestricted
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 4 - Tyre radius

NOTE: Since the operator has the ability to set the rolling tyre circumference in the instrument cluster it is possible to
permit the tractor to exceed the legal speed limit when the vehicle is not fitted with radar. The service technician can
use this channel to select one of three default tyre radii in order to prevent the vehicle from exceeding the legal speed
limit in the event that the operator sets a rolling circumference to a value smaller than the actual size of the tyres.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT287AVC 5

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able tyre radius sizes:
825 mm
875 mm
925 mm
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 570
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channels 5 and 6 - Clutch quickfill adjustment

This channel is used to adjust the quickfill values for the
transmission solenoids.
The required channel can be selected by using the “h"
and “m" buttons.
Select the required channel, (refer to the table below for
a description of each channel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 5 Clutch A solenoid quickfill value
Ch 6 Clutch B solenoid quickfill value

Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m"
button to decrease the value, between the minimum of
0 and maximum of 255.

NOTE: If the "h" or "m" buttons are not depressed for three seconds, the value is frozen but not stored.
When the desired value is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: The default value for these channels is 8.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 571
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Draft Control (EDC) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 6

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
EDC symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT019AVB 7

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 8

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / disable EDC
Ch 3 Enable / disable slip control

Channel 1 - Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams

This channel is used to configure the EDC system with
the size of hydraulic rams that are fitted to the machine.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 572
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM504AVA 9

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able external ram diameter sizes:
80 mm
90 mm
100 mm.
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.

Channel 2 - Enable / Disable Electronic Draft Control (EDC)

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 10

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - EDC enabled
"no" - EDC disabled
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.

NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel, or by the automatic detection process, then by default the
Slip Control option will also be disabled, and channel three will not be available.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 573
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 3 - Enable/Disable Slip Control

This channel is used to enable or disable the slip control
option of the EDC system.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 11

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Slip Control enabled
"no" - Slip Control disabled

NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the installation of a new Universal Controller, an automatic detection
procedure will be performed to determine if the vehicle is fitted with Slip controls, and the system will be enabled or
disabled appropriately.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.
NOTE: If the EDC option has been disabled using channel 2 or by the automatic detection procedure then this channel
will not be available and the Slip option will be disabled.
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 574
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic engine options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 12

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
engine symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT029AVB 13

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 14

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Dyno power boost test
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Grid heater selection
Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection
Ch 5 Engine brake selection
Ch 6 Engine fan selection

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 575
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Dyno power boost test

BAIL13TR01283AA 15

Channel 2 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

Channel 3 - Grid heater selection

This channel is used to enable or disable the grid heater
option.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 16

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Grid heater fitted
"no" - Grid heater not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel “Yes”.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 576
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 4 - Fuel filter heater selection

This channel is used to enable or disable the fuel filter
heater option.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT298AVA 17

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Fuel filter heater fitted
"no" - Fuel filter not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is “no”.

Channel 5 - Engine brake selection

This channel is used to enable or disable the engine
brake option.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL09CVT645AVA 18

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Engine brake fitted
"no" - Engine brake not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is “no”.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 577
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 6 - Engine fan selection

BAIL13TR01189AA 19

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold

the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 578
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Differential lock and four wheel drive options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 20

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
differential lock symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT031AVB 21

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 22

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Terralock (front axle) angles
Ch 4 Four wheel drive braking speed selection

Channel 1 - Axle type

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 579
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

This channel is used to select the front axle type, stan-

dard or SuperSteer™.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM507AVA 23

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer™ axle
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "0".
Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.

Channel 2 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

Channel 3 - Terralock (front axle) angles

BAIL06CCM508AVA 24

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options, "0", "1", "2" or "3", refer to the table below
for the steering angles that correspond to each option.

NOTE: There is 2 km/h hysteresis on the vehicle speed.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 580
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

When the desired value is displayed depress and hold

the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 4 - Four wheel drive braking speed selection

BAIL11APH222AVA 25

Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

Four wheel drive braking engagement, if wheel speed 6.4 Km/h 4.8 Km/h 3.2 Km/h 1.6 Km/h 0 Km/h
is greater than or equal to:

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is 6.4 km/h.

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 581
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 582
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Power Take Off (PTO) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 26

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
rear PTO symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT030AVB 27

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 28

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Not used
Ch 2 Rear PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 Rear PTO drop out speed selection
Ch 4 Electronic shiftable Power Take-Off (ESPTO) option

Channel 1 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 583
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 2 - Rear Power Take Off (PTO) fender switches selection

This channel is used to select whether the rear PTO
fender switch option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 29

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options
"Yes" - Fender switches fitted
"no" - Fender switches not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is “no”.

Channel 3 - Rear Power Take Off (PTO) drop out speed selection
This channel is used to select the engine speed below
which the PTO will drop out.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM513AVA 30

NOTE: The default value on a new module or following an H8 operation is 0 RPM.

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 584
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 4 - Electronic Shiftable Power Take Off (ESPTO) option

BAIL10CVT328AVD 31

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "2".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 585
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 32

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
front EHR symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT032AVB 33

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 34

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Front EHR option selection
Ch 2 Front loader / front hitch selection
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR’s setup
Ch 5 High flow pump option
Ch 6 Anti-saturation option selection

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 586
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Front Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) option selection

This channel is used to select whether the front EHR
option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 35

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front EHR’s enabled
"no" - Front EHR’s disabled

Channel 2 - Front loader / front hitch selection

This channel is used to select whether the front EHR’s
are used in conjunction with the front hitch or the front
loader.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM510AVA 36

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 587
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

NOTE: If the Front EHRs are to be used to control the Front Hitch then the Front Hitch option must also be enabled
in the Universal Controller, (U1 module, Front Hitch system, H3, channel 1 set to “Yes”).
NOTE: If Front Hitch is selected then Front EHR valve 1 will be reserved for front hitch operation. If Front Loader is
selected then Front EHR valves 1 – 3 will be reserved for front loader operation. If none is selected then all Front
EHR valves will be available for use.

Channel 3 - Not used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

Channel 4 - Number of Electro Hydraulic Remote valves (EHR) setup

BAIL10CVT291AVA 37

Channel 5 - High flow pump option

This channel is used to select whether the optional high
flow pump is fitted.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM512AVA 38

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 588
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - High flow pump enabled
"no" - High flow pump disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 6 - Anti-saturation option selection

This channel is used to select whether anti-saturation
of the valve flow is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT295AVA 39

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Anti-saturation enabled
"no" - Anti-saturation disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 589
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front suspension options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 40

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
front suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT063AVB 41

The lower central display will show "ch _".

BAIL06CCM446AVA 42

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Front suspension option selection

Channel 1 - Front suspension option selection

This channel is used to select whether the front suspen-
sion option is enabled or disabled.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 590
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 43

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front suspension enabled
"no" - Front suspension disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 591
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front Power Take Off (PTO) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 44

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
front PTO symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT065AVB 45

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 46

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Front PTO option selection
Ch 2 Front PTO management option

Channel 1 - Front Power Take Off (PTO) option selection

This channel is used to select whether the front PTO
option is enabled or disabled.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 592
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 47

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front PTO enabled
"no" - Front PTO disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

Channel 2- Front Power Take-Off (PTO) management option

This channel is used to select whether the front PTO
management option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT299AVC 48

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front PTO management enabled
"no" - Front PTO management disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 593
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front hitch options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 49

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
rear front hitch symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT270AVF 50

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 51

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Front hitch option selection
Ch 2 Front hitch front fender switches option
Ch 3 Front hitch management option
Ch 4 Front hitch ram size selection

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 594
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Front hitch option selection

This channel is used to select whether the front hitch
option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 52

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front hitch enabled
"no" - Front hitch disabled

NOTE: The default setting on a new module is "no".

Channel 2 - Front hitch fender switches option

This channel is used to select whether the front hitch
fender switch option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option is displayed.

BAIL10CVT299AVC 53

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front hitch fender switches fitted
"no" - Front hitch fender switches not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 595
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Front hitch management option

This channel is used to select whether the front hitch
management system is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT299AVD 54

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Front hitch management engaged
"no" - Front hitch management not engaged

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

Channel 4 - Front hitch ram size selection

BAIL10CVT328AVE 55

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able external ram diameter sizes:
80 mm
90 mm.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 596
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

When the desired option is displayed depress and hold

the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 597
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) options and configurations

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 56

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
rear EHR symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT062AVB 57

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 58

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel number Description

Ch 1 Rear EHR option selection
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR’s present
Ch 5 Top and side link control option selection

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 598
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote valve (EHR) option selection

This channel is used to select whether the rear EHR
option is enabled for disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 59

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Rear EHR enabled
"no" - Rear EHR disabled

Channel 2 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "– – –" will be displayed.

Channel 3 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "– – –” will be displayed.

Channel 4 - Number of Electro Hydraulic Remote valves (EHR) present

BAIL06CCM511AVA 60

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 599
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 5 - Top and side link control option selection

This channel is used to select whether the top / side link
control option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM581AVA 61

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Top / side link enabled
"no" - Top / side link disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 600
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) options

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
HTS symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT063AVC 62

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 63

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Enable / disable HTS

Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 64

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled

NOTE: The default setting on a new module is "no".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 601
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument

cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 602
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and

options
T7.175 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
T7.190 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
T7.210 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission

The Universal controller (U1) is used to select the op-

tions and configurations for:
• SPS Transmission
• EDC
• Electronic Engine
• Difflock and Four Wheel Drive
• Rear PTO
• Front EHR
• Front Suspension
• Front PTO
• Front Hitch
• Rear EHR
• Headland Turn Sequence

H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL10CVT012FVF 1

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 603
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

SPS Transmission Options

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
transmission symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT018AVB 2

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Description
Ch 1 Creeper option enable/disable
Ch 2 Electronic park lock (EPL) enable/disable
Ch 3 40 km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 4 Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 5 Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 19th gear clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (19 speed transmission only)
Ch 10 Transmission oil pressure sensor selection
Ch 11 Large tyre option

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 604
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 1 - Creeper enable/disable

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 4

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - Creeper enabled
"no" - Creeper disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

Channel 2 - Electronic park lock (EPL) enable/disable

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 5

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - EPL enabled
"no" - EPL disabled

Channel 3 - 40 km/h Maximum speed Restriction

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM502AVA 6

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 605
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "Yes".

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - Restricted to 40 km/h
"no" - Unrestricted
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channels 4 to 9 - Clutch Quickfill Adjustment

Channel Number Description

Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m"
button to decrease the value, between the minimum of
0 and maximum of 255.

NOTE: The default value for these channels is 8.

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 10 - Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor Selection

This channel is used to select which type of trans-
mission oil pressure sensor is fitted, either a pressure
switch or a pressure transducer.

BAIL10CVT321AVB 7

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 606
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"PS" - Pressure switch installed
"Pt" - Pressure transducer installed

Channel 11 - Large Tyre Option

This channel is used to select whether the large tyre
option is enabled or disabled. If the large tyre option
is enabled the tractor ground speed will be restricted to
40 km/h or 50 km/h as appropriate.

BAIL11APH221AVB 8

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Lto" - Large tyre option enabled
"OFF" - Large tyre option disabled
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.

NOTE: The default setting for this option is Lto

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 607
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

EDC Options
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
EDC symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT019AVB 9

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 10

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / disable EDC
Ch 3 Enable / disable slip control

Channel 1 - Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM504AVA 11

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able external ram diameter sizes:
90 mm
100 mm.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 608
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.

Channel 2 - Enable / Disable EDC

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 12

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - EDC enabled
"No" - EDC disabled
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “No” but will be set to “Yes” automatically if the EDC system is detected
as being present.
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel then by default the Slip Control Option will also be disabled.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Enable / Disable Slip Control

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 13

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - Slip Control enabled
"no" - Slip Control disabled

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 609
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “No” but will be set to “Yes” automatically if the Slip Control system is
detected as being present.
NOTE: If the EDC option has been disabled using channel 2 then this channel will not be available for selection.
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 610
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic Engine Options

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
engine symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT029AVB 14

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 15

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Dyno power boost test
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Grid heater selection
Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection
Ch 5 Engine brake selection
Ch 6 Engine fan selection

Channel 1 - Dyno Power Boost Test

This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dy-
namometer tested with maximum powerboost.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 611
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"OFF" - dyno power boost test mode is off (normal ve-
hicle operation).
"Std" - dyno power boost test mode is on (straight un-
boosted curve without any limitations).
"bSt1" - dyno power boost test mode is on, with the en-
gine at 2200 RPM (straight boosted curve without any
limitations).
"bSt2" - dyno power boost test mode is on, with the en-
gine at 2100 RPM (straight boosted curve without any
limitations).

BAIL09CVT644AVA 16

NOTE: If enabled, the dyno power boost test will only be active for 45 minutes.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “OFF”.
Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.

Channel 3 - Grid Heater Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM505AVA 17

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - grid heater enabled
"no" - grid heater disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “YES”.

Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 612
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 4 - Fuel Filter Heater Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT298AVA 18

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - fuel filter disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.

Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 5 - Engine Brake Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL09CVT645AVA 19

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - engine brake fitted
"no" - engine brake not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.

Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 613
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 6 - Engine Fan Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL09CVT646AVE 20

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"VS" - Viscostatic fan
"Vt" - Visctronic fan
"r" - Reversible fan
NOTE: The default setting for this option is the Visctronic
fan ("Vt").

BAIL09CVT646AVD 21

Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 614
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive Options

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
difflock symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT031AVB 22

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 23

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Terralock (front axle) angles
Ch 4 FWD braking speed selection

Channel 1 - Axle Type

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM507AVA 24

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 615
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options (the default setting being "0"):
"0" - Standard axle
"1" - SuperSteer axle.
Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.

Channel 2 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.

Channel 3 - Front Axle Angles

This channel is used to select the steering angle at
which the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive func-
tions engage and disengage.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM508AVA 25

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options, "0", "1", "2" or "3", refer to the table below
for the steering angles that correspond to each option.

NOTE: There is 2 km/h hysteresis on the vehicle speed.

The angles for each option are different depending on whether the front axle is Standard or Super Steer.
There is a 3 ° hysteresis on the standard axle Steering angle and a 1 ° hysteresis on the Super Steer steering angle.

0 - 10 km/h 0 - 0 - 0 - 10 - 10 - 10 - 10 -
10 km/h 10 km/h 10 km/h 15 km/h 15 km/h 20 km/h 20 km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Standard Axle
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 616
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

0 - 10 km/h 0 - 0 - 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 10 - 10 - 10 -
10 km/h 10 km/h 15 km/h 15 km/h 20 km/h 20 km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
SuperSteer Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Axle Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °

When the desired value is displayed depress and hold

the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 4 - FWD Braking Speed Selection

This option is used to select the ground speed below
which four wheel braking will not occur.
NOTE: This channel will only be available if the Four Wheel
Drive option has been selected.
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_2"
"4_8"
"6_4"
refer to the table below for the description of each op-
tion.

BAIL11APH222AVA 26

Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is 6.4 Km/h 4.8 Km/h 3.2 Km/h 1.6 Km/h 0 Km/h
greater than or equal to:

NOTE: The four wheel braking speed will default to 6.4 km/h on a new electronic module.
When the desired value is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 617
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear PTO Options

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
rear PTO symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT030AVB 27

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 28

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Not used
Ch 2 Rear PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 Rear PTO drop out speed selection
Ch 4 Electronic shiftable PTO option

Channel 1 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.

Channel 2 - Rear PTO Fender Switches Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM501AVA 29

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 618
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options
"YES" - fender switches fitted
"no" - fender switches not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this option is “No”.

Depress and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instru-
ment cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been
stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Rear PTO Drop Out Speed Selection

This channel is used to select the engine speed below
which the PTO will drop out.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM513AVA 30

Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m"
button to decrease the value, in increments of 10 RPM
between 0 - 550 RPM.
When the desired value is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: The default value on a new module or following an H8 operation is 0 RPM.

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 4 - Electronic Shiftable PTO (ESPTO) Option

This channel is used to select if the Electronic Shiftable
PTO is fitted on the vehicle and configure the number
of speeds available.
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"OFF" - ESPTO disabled
"2" - ESPTO enabled with two speeds
"4" - ESPTO enabled with four speeds

BAIL10CVT328AVD 31

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 619
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "2".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 620
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front EHR Options

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
front EHR symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT032AVB 32

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 33

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Front EHR option selection
Ch 2 Front loader / front hitch selection
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR setup
Ch 5 High flow pump option selection
Ch 6 Anti-saturation option selection

Channel 1 - Front EHR Option Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM500AVA 34

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 621
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - front EHRs enabled
"no" - front EHRs disabled
Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Front Loader / Front Hitch Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM510AVA 35

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Htch" - front hitch enabled
"LoAd" - front loader enabled
"nonE" - front hitch and front loader disabled
Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 3 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 622
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 4 - Number of EHR Setup

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT291AVA 36

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"2"
"3"
"4"
Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 5 - High Flow Pump Option Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM512AVA 37

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - high flow pump enabled
"no" - high flow pump disabled
Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 6 - Anti-Saturation Option

This channel is used to select whether anti-saturation
of the valve flow is enabled or disabled.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 623
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT295AVA 38

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - anti-saturation enabled
"no" - anti-saturation disabled

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "YES".

Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 624
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front Suspension Option

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
front suspension symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT063AVB 39

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 40

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Enable / disable front suspension

Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Suspension

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 41

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - front suspension enabled
"no" - front suspension disabled

NOTE: The default setting on a new module is "no".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 625
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument

cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 626
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front PTO Options

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
front PTO symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT065AVB 42

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 43

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Enable / disable front PTO
Ch 2 Front PTO management option

Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front PTO

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 44

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"Yes" - front PTO enabled
"No" - front PTO disabled

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 627
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

NOTE: The default setting on a new module is "no".

Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2- Front PTO Management Option

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT299AVC 45

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - Front PTO management enabled
"no" - Front PTO management disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 628
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Front Hitch Options and Configurations

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
rear front hitch symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT270AVF 46

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 47

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Front hitch option selection
Ch 2 Front hitch front fender switches option
Ch 3 Front hitch management option
Ch 4 Front hitch ram size selection

Channel 1 - Front Hitch Option Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 48

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 629
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - front hitch enabled
"no" - front hitch disabled

NOTE: The default setting on a new module is "no".

NOTE: If the Front EHRs are to be used to control the Front Hitch then the Front Loader /Front Hitch option must be
set to Front Hitch on the Central Control Module (U1, Front EHR system, H3, channel 2 set to “Htch”).
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Front Hitch Fender Switches Option

After a delay the current stored option is displayed.

BAIL10CVT299AVC 49

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - Front hitch fender switches fitted
"no" - Front hitch fender switches not fitted

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

Channel 3 - Front Hitch Management Option

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT299AVD 50

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 630
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - Front hitch management engaged
"no" - Front hitch management not engaged

NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "no".

NOTE: Enabling this option will automatically enable the Front Hitch option in channel 1, as Front Hitch Management
requires the Front Hitch option to be enabled.
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 4 - Front Hitch Ram Size Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL10CVT328AVE 51

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able external ram diameter sizes:
80 mm
90 mm.
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.

NOTE: This channel will only be available if the Front Hitch Management option has been enabled in channel 3.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”, indicating that no selection has been made. If “def” is displayed then
this channel must be used to select the appropriate ram size.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 631
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Rear EHR Options

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
rear EHR symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT062AVB 52

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 53

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Enable / disable rear EHR
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHRs present
Ch 5 Top and side link control option

Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Rear EHR

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 54

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 632
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - rear EHR enabled
"no" - rear EHR disabled

NOTE: By default, the rear EHRs are detected automatically if fitted and this option is used to disable them.
Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

Channel 2 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.

Channel 3 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.

Channel 4 - Number of EHRs Present

NOTE: When a new module has been fitted, or following an "H8" procedure, the number of EHRs present is auto-
matically detected.
If at any time the number of fitted EHRs needs to be changed then this setup channel is used.
After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM511AVA 55

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"2"
"3"
"4"
"5"
When the desired value is displayed depress and hold
the "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 633
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 5 - Top and Side Link Control Option Selection

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM581AVA 56

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - top / side link enabled
"no" - top / side link disabled

NOTE: The default setting on a new module is "no".

Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument
cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 634
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) Options

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H3 and the
HTS symbol on the U1 controller.

BAIL10CVT063AVC 57

The lower central display will show "Ch_ _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 58

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Enable / disable HTS

Channel 1 - Enable / Disable HTS

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.

BAIL06CCM506AVA 59

Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled

NOTE: The default setting on a new module is "no".

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 635
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Depress and hold the "m" button until the instrument

cluster bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 636
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes

T7.175 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.190 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.210 AutoCommand™ NA
T7.225 AutoCommand™ NA

NOTE: The menu is only for special vehicle tests to check clutch switch adjustment and hydraulic pressures.

H7 Menu Screen Select Diagram

BAIL10CVT039AVB 1

Select the H7 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-

ton.

BAIL13TR00674AA 2

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 637
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel 1 - Clutch Switch Test

NOTE: This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and switch status. In addition it also displays the oil
temperature.
The transmission is enabled in this state.
Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The
clutch pedal position is displayed as a percentage of the
travel (0-99), with “O” or “C” in the upper digit indicating
whether the clutch pedal switch is open or closed. This
is useful for evaluating the clutch pedal switch adjust-
ment and also the inching bite point.
NOTE: The shuttle lever must have been shifted into
the forward position for the clutch pedal switch status to
change.

BAIL13TR00678AA 4

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 638
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The oil temperature, in degrees C, is displayed when

the clutch pedal has been in the full up position (above
97%) for more than 5 seconds. When the clutch is
depressed to below 98% the display will immediately
switch back to displaying the clutch pedal position.
The oil temperature can also be displayed when the
clutch pedal is full up or full down by pressing and hold-
ing the upshift or downshift switch.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 5

Channel 2 - Manual Clutch Adjustment

NOTE: This channel is used to manually adjust and test the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the
clutch pedal and either shifting the shuttle lever into
forward to select the A clutch or shifting the shuttle
lever into reverse to select the B clutch.
The display will show the clutch letter for 1 second and
then show the calibration value.

BAIL06CCM472AVA 6

The calibration values can then be adjusted using the

forward or reverse shuttle buttons on the hand con-
troller.
To test the calibration fully release the clutch pedal, the
selected clutch will be applied at the adjusted current.

Channel 3 - Manual Quick Fill Adjustment

Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the
clutch pedal and either shifting the shuttle lever into
forward to select the A clutch or shifting the shuttle
lever into reverse to select the B clutch. The display
will show the clutch letter for 1 second and then show
the quick fill value.

BAIL06CCM474AVA 7

The quick fill value can be adjusted using the forward

or reverse shuttle buttons on the hand controller.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 639
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

To test the quick fill value, leave the shuttle lever out
of neutral and fully release the clutch pedal. The clutch
that is being adjusted will be applied at its bite point with
the programmed quick fill value. To re-test the same
clutch, depress the clutch pedal slightly and release it
again.

Channel 4 - Clutch Pressure Test

NOTE: This channel is used to test the pressures for the A and B clutches. During the procedure the display may
show a U code if an error is present, for further information refer to Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
Make sure that the handbrake is applied and place the
shuttle lever into the forward position.
NOTE: If the handbrake is not applied, 'U20' code will be
displayed.
Select the clutch to be tested by pressing the forward
direction button on the hand controller, the display will
change between ‘A’ and ‘b’ each time the button is
pressed.

BAIL10CVT304AVA 8

The clutch pedal is used to select the test pressure.

Pressing the reverse direction button on the hand con-
troller will turn on the selected valve at the pressure
determined by the clutch pedal position and display the
clutch pressure value.
• If the clutch pedal position is less than 30 % (fully
depressed) then the pressure is set to -20 bar.
• At 30 % pedal position the clutch pressure is set at
0 bar and this rises linearly to 24 bar as the clutch
pedal is lifted to 85 %.
• Above 85 % of clutch pedal travel the pressure is set
to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 9
• As the clutch pedal is raised from fully depressed to
fully released the display will show '-20' rising to '24'.

Channel 5 - Synchroniser Test

NOTE: This channel is used to move synchronizers and test their positions. During the procedure the display may
show a U code if an error is present, for further information refer to Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
Make sure that the handbrake is applied and place the
shuttle lever into the forward position.
NOTE: The transmission is disabled during this procedure.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 640
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Select the synchronizer to test by pressing the forward/

reverse buttons on the hand controller. The display will
change between ‘F2’ and ‘r1’.

BAIL10CVT305AVA 10

Once the required synchronizer has been selected

three tests are possible:
• To test the engagement position of the selected syn-
chronizer shift the shuttle lever into the forward po-
sition.
• To test the synchronizer position when in neutral
press the neutral button on the shuttle lever.
• To test the engagement position of the other syn-
chronizer in the pair shift the shuttle lever into re-
verse.
The synchronizer engagement will require few seconds
to complete and then the Instrument Cluster will display
the synchronizer position according to the table below.

Synchroniser Position Minimum Allowed Value Maximum Allowed Value

F2 302 1216
R1 3570 4697
N 2050 2832

When a synchronizer is engaged, the user can drive the

corresponding valve with clutch pedal in order to test
the solenoid valve. The display will show the current
percentage on the solenoid. Moving the clutch pedal,
the current on the solenoid goes from 0 (pedal at 30 %)
to 99 (pedal at 99 %). At pedal released (between 85 %
and 100 %) or pedal depressed ( 0 % to 30 %) the cur-
rent is zero.

Channel 6 - Synchroniser Wear Check

This channel is used to check the wear of the synchro-
nizers and is for Engineering use only.

Channels 7 to 13 Hydrostat Tests

These channels are used to perform tests to check the
operation of the hydrostat. The EST is used to log the
data related to the hydrostat operation capured during
the tests.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 641
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

In order for a test to commence the operator must be in

the seat with the engine running, the handbrake applied
and the shuttle lever in the Park position. The vehicle
must be stationary and the clutch pedal released. If
any of these conditions are not met a “U” code will be
displayed, for a full list of “U” codes refer to Electronic
module - Fault code index (55.640).
The transmission oil temperature must be between -10
- 90 °C (14 - 194 °F) for the test to proceed. If the oil
temperature is below -10 °C (14 °F) “Cold” will be dis-
played on the instrument cluster, if the temperature is
above 90 °C (194 °F) “hot” will be displayed.

BAIL11CVT649AVB 11

If all the required conditions have been satisfied the oil

temperature will be displayed on the instrument cluster,
and the test can be started.

BAIL10CVT164AVC 12

Start the data logging on the EST. See below for instruc-
tions for setting up the EST for logging the test results.
Start the selected test by pressing the “Accel / Shuttle”
button on the Instrument Control Panel (ICP).

BAIL13TR00658AA 13

The engine speed will automatically be set to

2000 RPM.
A count will be shown on the instrument cluster, increas-
ing every two seconds until the test is complete.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 642
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

On completion of the test the engine speed will return

to idle, and the instrument cluster will display “End”.

BAIL10CVT331AVA 14

Stop logging the data on the EST.

If possible each test should be performed at oil temper-
atures of 0 °C (32 °F), 30 °C (86 °F) and 80 °C (176 °F),
with a separate file generated by the EST for each test.

Setting up the EST for Logging the Test Data

NOTE: A separate data file should be generated by the EST for each test performed.
Select the “MONITOR” screen on the EST.
Use the “OPEN FILE” button to select “CVT TEST” pa-
rameter file.
Click the “LOG PARAMETER SELECTIONS” button
and then select “SETTINGS”, in the dialogue box that
opens change the following parameters:
• SAMPLING RATE: 10 milliseconds
• MAXIMUM DISC SPACE: 2 megabytes
Click OK to save the selected parameters.
Log the data created by the test.
• Click “START” to begin logging the data before start-
ing the test
• Click “STOP” to finish logging the data when the test
is complete
• Click “SAVE” to store the log file, save the file named
as per the channel it recorded.

Channels 13 Hydrostat Efficiency Tests

This channel is used to check the efficiency of the hy-
drostat.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 643
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Electronic module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes

T7.175 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
T7.190 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
T7.210 NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission

NOTE: This menu is only for special vehicle tests to check clutch switch adjustment and hydraulic pressures.

H7 menu screen select diagram

BAIL10CVT039AVB 1

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

agnostic socket.

BAIL07APH189AVA 2

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 644
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H7 on the U1
controller.
Select the H7 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
The upper section of the display will show "ch _"

BAIL13TR00674AA 3

The lower central display will show "ch _"

BAIL06CCM446AVA 4

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Channel Number Description

Ch 1 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 2 Manual clutch adjustment
Ch 3 Manual quickfill adjustment
Ch 4 Clutch pressure test
Ch 5 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 6 Self bed in of clutches
Ch 7 Pulse Width Modulation valve (PWM) test

Channel 1 - Clutch switch adjustment

NOTE: This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and switch status. In addition it also displays the oil
temperature.
The transmission is enabled in this state.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 645
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The

BAIL06CCM469AVA 5

The oil temperature, in degrees C, is displayed when

BAIL10CVT164AVC 6

Channel 2 - Manual clutch adjustment

BAIL06CCM472AVA 7

The calibration values can then be adjusted using the

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 646
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Channel 3 - Manual quick fill adjustment

BAIL06CCM474AVA 8

The quick fill settings can be adjusted using the upshift

Channel 4 - Clutch pressure test

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 647
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

• If the clutch pedal position is less than 30 % then the

Pressing the downshift switch will turn on the selected

valve at the pressure determined by the clutch pedal
position.

Channel 5 - Clutch switch adjustment

NOTE: This channel is an alternative to channel 1 for adjusting the clutch switch. The transmission is enabled in this
state.
1. Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The
lower central display will show 'n' if the lever is in neu-
tral.

BAIL10CVT331AVC 10

When the lower central display shows 'CP', cycle the

clutch pedal.

BAIL10CVT331AVD 11

When the clutch pedal is released the lower central dis-

play will show a value in the range 8 to 14 if the switch
is correctly adjusted.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 648
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the lower central

display will show 'CL' if clutch pedal switch adjustment
screw is to be turned clockwise or 'CCL' if the screw is
to be turned counter-clockwise.

BAIL10CVT331AVE 12

Adjust the screw in the direction indicated on the display

and cycle the clutch pedal and the procedure until the
display shows the correct value.

Channel 6 - Self bed in of clutches

BAIL10CVT331AVF 13

Press and release the downshift button to start the pro-

cedure.
Press and release the downshift button to stop the pro-
cedure.

Channel 7 - Pulse Width Modulation valve (PWM) test

NOTE: This channel is used to test the PWM valves in conjunction with the Electronic Service Tool.
This procedure can be used to test the valves for the
following solenoids:
• A, B, C, D, E, and the PTO valve.
There are two tests that can be performed for each
valve; a ramp test and a step test.
Additionally there is a test that can be performed to
check the reaction of the accumulator.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 649
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

In order to perform the tests the following conditions

must be met:-
• Operator is in the seat
• Handbrake applied
• Engine speed set to 1200 RPM ± 100 RPM.
• Transmission oil temperature between 45 - 55 °C.
• The transmission synchronisers must be calibrated
NOTE: In the event of any of these conditions not being
met then a 'U' code will be displayed and the test will not
be allowed to be performed until appropriate action has
been taken. For further information on the 'U' codes refer
to Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).

Ramp Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch
pedal and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the
valves available for testing. Use forwards to move up
through the valves and reverse to move down. The
lower central display will show the current selection.

BAIL10CVT304AVA 14

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal

fully released the ramp test is performed for the se-
lected valve by pressing and holding the transmission
upshift button.
The test will ramp up the current to the selected sole-
noid from zero to maximum current over a period of 10
seconds. Maximum current will be maintained for 1 sec-
ond before ramping back down to zero over a further 10
second period.
As the test proceeds the instrument cluster will show
a value corresponding to the percentage of maximum
current being applied to the solenoid, rising from 0 -
100 % and then back to 0 % .
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the
lower central display and the upshift button can be re-
leased.
NOTE: The upshift button must be kept pressed during the
ramp test. If the button is released then the test will be ter-
minated and the current in the solenoid will return to zero.

BAIL10CVT331AVA 15

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 650
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

Step Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch
pedal and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the
valves available for testing. Use forwards to move up
through the valves and reverse to move down. The
lower central display will show the current selection.

BAIL10CVT304AVA 16

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal

BAIL10CVT328AVC 17

Accumulator Test
Select the accumulator test by depressing the clutch
pedal and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the
valves available for testing until 'Acc' is shown on the
lower central display.

BAIL10CVT331AVH 18

With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal

fully released the accumulator test is performed by
pressing and holding the transmission downshift but-
ton.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 651
Electrical systems - Electronic modules

The test will turn on the C, D and E solenoids with max-

imum current for a period of 1 second then turn them
off for a further 1 second. This cycle will be performed
5 times.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show
a count from "1" to "10", corresponding to the steps in
the test.
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the
lower central display and the downshift button can be
released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the accumulator test. If the button is released then the test
will be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return BAIL10CVT323AVC 19
to zero.

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 652
Index

Electrical systems - 55

Electronic modules - 640

Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 68
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema – Enhanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 72
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 74
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema – Transmission SPS, Electronic
Draft Control (EDC), rear Power Take-Off (PTO), Four Wheel Drive (4WD), differential lock, engine
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000]
--- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission -
Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift 86
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema – Transmission FPS, Electronic
Draft Control (EDC), rear Power Take-Off (PTO), Four Wheel Drive (4WD), differential lock, engine
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] ---
NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 88
Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - Electronic schema – Mid-mount remote control
valve, front axle suspension, front Power Take-Off (PTO), front hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 90
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module ISO bus interface controller - Electronic schema – Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 92
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 122
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 119
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module - Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 10
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module - Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 18
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 29
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 653
Electronic module - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 95
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - Electronic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 63
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 358
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 360
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 363
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 366
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 369
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Armrest control unit (ARU) - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 371
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 125
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 131
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 134
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 144
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 146
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM)
......................................................................................
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 149
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 152
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 156
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 159
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 654
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 162
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 165
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 167
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve num-
ber programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 169
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] ---
NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 172
Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000]
--- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission -
Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift 186
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] ---
NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 201
Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000]
--- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission -
Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift 207
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] ---
NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 212
Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000]
--- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission -
Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift 235
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 259
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 261
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H6 - Vehicle information view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 264
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] ---
NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 266
Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 655
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.175 Standard
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000]
--- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission -
Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift 274
transmission, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM)
......................................................................................
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 285
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 287
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 291
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 294
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 297
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HE - Display frequency inputs Without Sidewinder
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 299
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 301
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve num-
ber programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 303
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 306
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 336
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 311
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 331
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software revision level Enhanced Keypad (JA)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
T7.175 --- NA, T7.190 --- NA, T7.210 --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 313
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 333
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 315
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 656
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 341
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 318
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 344
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 321
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 347
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 323
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 350
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 353
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Standard [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Standard
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.190 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZEEN01001 - 325
ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Standard [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 356
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller hardware information Enhanced
Keypad (JA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 --- NA, T7.210 329
AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.175
Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001
- ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA
Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - 373
Powershift transmission, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission
Electronic module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
T7. AutoCommand™ Tier 4B --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H1 - Calibration procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift 524
transmission, T7.210 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Electronic module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.175
Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - 403
ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.225 548
AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H2 - View stored calibration values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift 558
transmission, T7.210 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 657
Electronic module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.175
Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - 415
ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.225 568
AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H3 - Configurations and options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift 603
transmission, T7.210 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Electronic module Universal controller - H4 - View software revision level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 451
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H5 - Switch operation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 453
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H6 - Vehicle information view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 457
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.175
Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - 459
ZFEN30000] --- NA Transmission - Powershift transmission, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.225 637
AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H7 - Vehicle test modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission, T7.190 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift 644
transmission, T7.210 --- NA Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Electronic module Universal controller - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 468
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 489
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - HA - Demonstration mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 471
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - HB - Display stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 475
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - HC - Clear all stored fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 478
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - HE - Display frequency inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 481
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic module Universal controller - HF - View controller hardware information . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 483
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 658
Electronic module Universal controller - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number pro-
gramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T7.175 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.175 Sidewinder II
[ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.190 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.190
Sidewinder II [ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 AutoCommand™ --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II 485
[ZEEN01001 - ZFEN30000] --- NA, T7.210 Sidewinder II [ZFEN30001 - ] --- NA, T7.225 AutoCommand™ --- NA
Electronic modules - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Electronic modules - Overview – Fault finding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 659
47936462 17/11/2015
55.9 [55.640] / 660

LCP-AHU40-1001_SP_121205
No ratings yet
LCP-AHU40-1001_SP_121205
84 pages
Ab/Abd Air Boosters & Systems
No ratings yet
Ab/Abd Air Boosters & Systems
10 pages
79-20-02 - Oil Filter, Housing and Check Valve - Description and Operation
No ratings yet
79-20-02 - Oil Filter, Housing and Check Valve - Description and Operation
3 pages
Linked PDF
100% (1)
Linked PDF
4,019 pages
Buchholz Relay BR 2-19-01 2022 ML VIDEO
No ratings yet
Buchholz Relay BR 2-19-01 2022 ML VIDEO
20 pages
Legrand Belanko
No ratings yet
Legrand Belanko
15 pages
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range-Power Command, T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Auto Command - 84477609A-Linked PDF
100% (4)
T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Range-Power Command, T7.170, T7.185, T7.200, T7.210 Auto Command - 84477609A-Linked PDF
3,129 pages
5058 ITP Mechanical Ventilation
No ratings yet
5058 ITP Mechanical Ventilation
18 pages
Smart Valve Positioner 300 Series 200 Series User's Manual: Model AVP300/AVP301/AVP302 (Integral Type)
No ratings yet
Smart Valve Positioner 300 Series 200 Series User's Manual: Model AVP300/AVP301/AVP302 (Integral Type)
182 pages
Manual de Servicio Tractor T8.320
86% (7)
Manual de Servicio Tractor T8.320
5,043 pages
Case IH Puma - NH T7. Service Training Manual
100% (3)
Case IH Puma - NH T7. Service Training Manual
769 pages
JD 6020 - 6920S Operations and Tests TM4741
100% (1)
JD 6020 - 6920S Operations and Tests TM4741
3,477 pages
Amf 8800 Klavuzu
No ratings yet
Amf 8800 Klavuzu
103 pages
Actuators: Actuators FCD A 00-10 XX FCD A 00-15 XX FCD A 01-15 XX
No ratings yet
Actuators: Actuators FCD A 00-10 XX FCD A 00-15 XX FCD A 01-15 XX
16 pages
OIB Dyna-4&6 7614 To 7618 Maintenance 4373743
100% (4)
OIB Dyna-4&6 7614 To 7618 Maintenance 4373743
179 pages
3djBiZFRfT - 204 - Valtra Tractor All Model Diagnostics and Programming Manual
No ratings yet
3djBiZFRfT - 204 - Valtra Tractor All Model Diagnostics and Programming Manual
74 pages
6 14580 Linked PDF
100% (1)
6 14580 Linked PDF
250 pages
Dealer Policy Manual: Section 6 Service / Warranty North American Dealer Warranty Policy
100% (1)
Dealer Policy Manual: Section 6 Service / Warranty North American Dealer Warranty Policy
226 pages
6 14570 Linked PDF
No ratings yet
6 14570 Linked PDF
315 pages
Flow Meters
No ratings yet
Flow Meters
17 pages
Hands On Cutting and Connectorizing UTP
No ratings yet
Hands On Cutting and Connectorizing UTP
6 pages
Farmall 105u115u 16x16trans
100% (1)
Farmall 105u115u 16x16trans
2,233 pages
Linked PDF
67% (3)
Linked PDF
353 pages
V2 Fiat Group and CASE CE Heritage
No ratings yet
V2 Fiat Group and CASE CE Heritage
49 pages
01 Training Manual - Electric Truck - April 2013 - 인쇄용
100% (2)
01 Training Manual - Electric Truck - April 2013 - 인쇄용
102 pages
Servo Drive System
No ratings yet
Servo Drive System
85 pages
TL1055C TL1255C - CAT - Parts
No ratings yet
TL1055C TL1255C - CAT - Parts
386 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
190 pages
SmartModule2 Guide
No ratings yet
SmartModule2 Guide
2 pages
Linked PDF
0% (1)
Linked PDF
118 pages
T8.275, T8.300, T8.330, T8.360, T8.390, T8.420 (CVT) Tractor From PIN ZCRC02586 and Above - 47533595includesS1-Linked PDF
100% (4)
T8.275, T8.300, T8.330, T8.360, T8.390, T8.420 (CVT) Tractor From PIN ZCRC02586 and Above - 47533595includesS1-Linked PDF
4,800 pages
New Holland t7030 t7040 t7050 t7060 Tractor PDF Service Manual
80% (10)
New Holland t7030 t7040 t7050 t7060 Tractor PDF Service Manual
3,061 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
142 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
142 pages
Sneaker Haven Watters Creek IFP 100924
No ratings yet
Sneaker Haven Watters Creek IFP 100924
1 page
Dcp-Som-A-I-H Module Dieu Khien Chuong Den
No ratings yet
Dcp-Som-A-I-H Module Dieu Khien Chuong Den
2 pages
Cortex Gas Analyser(VO2 Max) - Learn the Basics!!
No ratings yet
Cortex Gas Analyser(VO2 Max) - Learn the Basics!!
2 pages
IntelliView PDF
0% (1)
IntelliView PDF
428 pages
Linked PDF
100% (1)
Linked PDF
173 pages
STM MRM CVTPST Linked 03-31-17
100% (4)
STM MRM CVTPST Linked 03-31-17
713 pages
CASE Magnum 335
No ratings yet
CASE Magnum 335
626 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
244 pages
Linked PDF
100% (3)
Linked PDF
364 pages
Case Puma 165 180 195 210 225 CVX Repair Manual - Watermark
100% (5)
Case Puma 165 180 195 210 225 CVX Repair Manual - Watermark
2,144 pages
Operational Manual: Pistol Fort - 28 Caliber 5.7x28 MM
No ratings yet
Operational Manual: Pistol Fort - 28 Caliber 5.7x28 MM
8 pages
New Holland T7000
100% (6)
New Holland T7000
1,130 pages
AUTO GUIDE 3000 Basic For C1000 and C2100 terminals1AGCO PDFen US
No ratings yet
AUTO GUIDE 3000 Basic For C1000 and C2100 terminals1AGCO PDFen US
120 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
269 pages
Manual Service
100% (1)
Manual Service
2,597 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
258 pages
Operator'S Manual: T7510 T7520 T7530 T7540 T7550
100% (1)
Operator'S Manual: T7510 T7520 T7530 T7540 T7550
270 pages
T8.275, T8.300, T8.330, T8.360, T8.390 Tractor - 47386189-Linked PDF
100% (3)
T8.275, T8.300, T8.330, T8.360, T8.390 Tractor - 47386189-Linked PDF
4,263 pages
Rig Inspection Checklist
No ratings yet
Rig Inspection Checklist
19 pages
New Holland TM Series Repair Manual
94% (17)
New Holland TM Series Repair Manual
7,683 pages
Tm115 - Tm165 Repair Manual Complete Contents: 2002 New Holland North America, Inc. Printed in U.S.A
100% (3)
Tm115 - Tm165 Repair Manual Complete Contents: 2002 New Holland North America, Inc. Printed in U.S.A
1,898 pages
Linked PDF
100% (1)
Linked PDF
205 pages
Linked PDF
100% (2)
Linked PDF
385 pages
RENR43760001
No ratings yet
RENR43760001
12 pages
Schedule of Construction Equipment and Vehicles
100% (1)
Schedule of Construction Equipment and Vehicles
2 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
176 pages
Case AFX 8010 Harvester Service Manual
No ratings yet
Case AFX 8010 Harvester Service Manual
65 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
204 pages
K4ICY's Home-Brew CW Paddle
No ratings yet
K4ICY's Home-Brew CW Paddle
1 page
Software Operating Guide: Intelliview Iv
100% (4)
Software Operating Guide: Intelliview Iv
320 pages
TM2025 John Deere 7720, 7820 and 7920 Tractors Operation and Test Technical Manual
No ratings yet
TM2025 John Deere 7720, 7820 and 7920 Tractors Operation and Test Technical Manual
21 pages
Case - Menu HH Puma SPS
No ratings yet
Case - Menu HH Puma SPS
132 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
271 pages
NH 47770440A Preview
50% (2)
NH 47770440A Preview
51 pages
ENG T7000p
100% (2)
ENG T7000p
394 pages
Linked PDF
100% (4)
Linked PDF
203 pages
Linked PDF
100% (2)
Linked PDF
116 pages
JOHN DEERE Weight - Program
100% (1)
JOHN DEERE Weight - Program
30 pages
Wiring Diagrams Iveco Euro Trakker Demo
No ratings yet
Wiring Diagrams Iveco Euro Trakker Demo
15 pages
Manual TM
100% (2)
Manual TM
1,856 pages
New Holland Series TM Tractors Models TM120, TM130, TM140, TM155, TM175 and TM190
100% (2)
New Holland Series TM Tractors Models TM120, TM130, TM140, TM155, TM175 and TM190
24 pages
Linked PDF
100% (4)
Linked PDF
297 pages
Mobile Crane Inspection Checklist
100% (2)
Mobile Crane Inspection Checklist
1 page
VALTRA 39210212 Preview
100% (1)
VALTRA 39210212 Preview
51 pages
Digital Burner Controller: Product Handbook
No ratings yet
Digital Burner Controller: Product Handbook
36 pages
Diagraama Quantum
100% (2)
Diagraama Quantum
6 pages
Sm-Ford New Holland Tm120 Tm130 Tm140 Tm155 Tm175 Tm190 Tractor Service Repair
100% (1)
Sm-Ford New Holland Tm120 Tm130 Tm140 Tm155 Tm175 Tm190 Tractor Service Repair
101 pages
Linked PDF
100% (3)
Linked PDF
150 pages
CASE IH AFX8010 COMBINE HARVEST SALVAGE Service Repair Manual PDF
100% (3)
CASE IH AFX8010 COMBINE HARVEST SALVAGE Service Repair Manual PDF
120 pages
DocLib - 8654 - Victor Thermal Dynamics Cutmaster A-Series Bro - (63-2809) - August2013
No ratings yet
DocLib - 8654 - Victor Thermal Dynamics Cutmaster A-Series Bro - (63-2809) - August2013
6 pages
Linked PDF
No ratings yet
Linked PDF
196 pages
New - Holland - TM - Electric 199 256
100% (1)
New - Holland - TM - Electric 199 256
57 pages
CASE IH MAXXUM 120 TRACTOR Service Repair Manual PDF
75% (4)
CASE IH MAXXUM 120 TRACTOR Service Repair Manual PDF
120 pages
Challenger MT545B Service Manual PDF
100% (2)
Challenger MT545B Service Manual PDF
860 pages
Kitchen Materials
No ratings yet
Kitchen Materials
6 pages
E20001-A380-P670-V3-7600 (V90 - New 2017 - Leaflet)
No ratings yet
E20001-A380-P670-V3-7600 (V90 - New 2017 - Leaflet)
2 pages
Lcs Troubleshooting Manual - Rev 1
100% (1)
Lcs Troubleshooting Manual - Rev 1
38 pages
Calibrare Trans JXU
No ratings yet
Calibrare Trans JXU
5 pages
Linked PDF
67% (3)
Linked PDF
295 pages
CASE IH PUMA 125 Tractor Service Repair Manual PDF
50% (2)
CASE IH PUMA 125 Tractor Service Repair Manual PDF
26 pages
Auto Command t7220
50% (4)
Auto Command t7220
51 pages
Linked PDF
75% (4)
Linked PDF
368 pages
Transmisor Telco lt110
No ratings yet
Transmisor Telco lt110
4 pages
Case Ih SM-Maxxum
93% (15)
Case Ih SM-Maxxum
3,970 pages
TL100A
100% (1)
TL100A
2 pages
EST 8.6.0.0 Update 2
No ratings yet
EST 8.6.0.0 Update 2
3 pages
THORN PAPI Lights Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
THORN PAPI Lights Maintenance Manual
19 pages
t6010 PDF
100% (2)
t6010 PDF
412 pages
As Tronic Operators Manual
No ratings yet
As Tronic Operators Manual
42 pages
Daily Toolpusher Inspection
No ratings yet
Daily Toolpusher Inspection
1 page
785 Truck Electrical System: 8GB418-UP
No ratings yet
785 Truck Electrical System: 8GB418-UP
2 pages

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.

Linked PDF

Uploaded by

Linked PDF

Uploaded by

SERVICE MANUAL

T7.175 / T7.190 / T7.210

Part number 47969484

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - Clear stored

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

H8 Menu screen select diagram

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H9 - Voltmeter

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

H9 Menu screen select diagram

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

Channel Connector Pin number Description Typical reading

Channel Connector Pin number Description Typical reading

Channel Connector Pin number Description Typical reading

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HA - Demonstration

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

HA Menu screen select diagram

Engine power boost demonstration mode

Start the engine and allow it to idle.

The lower central display will show "ch _".

Using the “h" and “m" buttons select channel 1.

Turn the ignition key switch OFF to return to normal

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HB - Display stored

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.

HB Menu screen select diagram

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

The display will then automatically cycle through as the

Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HC - Clear all stored

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

HC Menu screen select diagram

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing

Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HE - Display

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

HE Menu screen select diagram

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

Channel Control Pin number Description Typical reading

Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HF - View controller

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

HF Menu screen select diagram

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

Turn the ignition key switch ON.

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-

The display will automatically cycle through as the ex-

Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HJ - Electronic

R1 - Central Control Unit (CCU)

HJ Menu screen select diagram

Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-

With all the rear remote valves connected to the har-

Depress and hold the "m" button, the lower central

Turn the ignition key switch OFF.

The lower central display will flash "Ehr2" indicating the

Reconnect each valve in the correct order. As each

Valve renumbering 'U' error codes

Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations

HY - Enhanced ADIC, HX - Basic ADIC

H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram

Engine Shutdown Options

NOTE: The default setting is NO.

Options CONDITIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE

Error Code Reduction (ECR) Options

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"

Steering Sensor Selection Options

NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.